Podcasts about Silva Method

Welcome to Season 13 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where we delve into the fascinating intersection of brain science, emotional intelligence, and educational training for enhanced well-being and performance. This episode features Sifu Boggie, also known as Paul Brighton, who brings over 40 years of expertise in qigong, a discipline involving breath work and self-healing techniques. As stress and anxiety reach unprecedented levels worldwide, Sifu Boggie shares how qi-gong can help alleviate ailments like chronic pain, migraines, and even mental health issues. Join host Andrea Samadi in an enlightening discussion about the role of mindfulness and meditation in managing stress and maintaining mental peace. Sifu Boggie, introduced to martial arts at the age of 12, guides listeners through practical exercises for achieving emotional and physical balance, including breathing techniques and posture corrections that can be easily integrated into daily life. Discover how understanding and altering your energy can bring about transformational changes, fostering a stronger connection between mind and body. For today's episode #362, our next guest caught my eye as I noticed that my stress levels have reached some high numbers recently, with the data I see from my Whoop wearable device. Watch our interview here https://youtu.be/lYexvaGU8M0 For today's episode #362, we meet with Sifu Boggie, where we looked at: ✔ How Paul Brighton (Sifu Boggie) discovered this pathway from Chaos to Calm, when he was 12 years old. ✔ What classes does he teach, and how does he know how to help someone, or guide them towards improved health? ✔ How would Sifu help me with persistent neck pain? ✔ How can we learn to open our minds to learn deeper truths, that can help propel us forward? While my average daily stress has decreased by 12% over the past 6 months (Whoop measurements) with the average amount of daily stress I'm facing dropping from close to 4 hours/day to 3 hours and 25 minutes, I know I still occasionally see days where daily stress hits well over 6 hours/day. I know there's got to be something ELSE I can be doing to mitigate this stress, since I know that dis-ease in the body, leads straight to disease. It's clear that globally, we have reached unpresented times with anxiety, stress and depression. I can't be the only one who wonders what ELSE can I be doing. We know that: 1 in 5 Americans suffers from a mental illness (NIMH). Anxiety disorders are the highest reported mental health issue in the US with 42.5 million Americans claiming to suffer from this illness. (Mental Health America). Mental illnesses start showing symptoms by age 14 (National Alliance on Mental Illness), About 1 in 4 American adults suffers from a diagnosable mental disorder in a given year, and one in 10 will suffer from a depressive illness, such as major depression or bipolar disorder (Johns Hopkins). 10.7% of the world suffers from some form of mental illness. (Our World in Data). STATISTICS FROM https://www.thezebra.com/resources/research/mental-health-statistics/  While looking at my own stress one day, I received an introduction to our next guest, who will share the knowledge he has gathered over the past 40 years, where he has learned how to help others help themselves with ailments like... Anxiety, Stress, Chronic Pain, Depression, Fibromyalgia, Crohn's Disease, Migraines, ME, MS, Arthritis, poor circulation, back problems and so much more. He does this by teaching us Qi Gong (Breath work exercises) and self-healing techniques that will help you to maintain your body, mind and consciousness. Without further ado, let's meet Sifu Boggie (Paul Brighton) from the UK (where I was born) and see what he can teach us with his wisdom and knowledge from being immersed in this work, since he was 12 years old. Welcome Sifu Boggie! Thank you for coming on the podcast today! Where exactly have I reached you today? (I was born in Worthing, Sussex).  INTRO:  Sifu, I listened to some of your past podcast episodes, and I enjoyed learning through your experiences. I do want to start by going back in time to when you were age 12, and met someone who saw that you were talented, when you felt like you didn't belong. Can you start with explaining how you found this pathway to help others understand themselves better at a young age? Q1: What does your name mean and how does it tie into our podcast where we work on learning strategies to be the best versions of ourselves? Q2: I can see your talent and what makes you truly unique and I'm jumping at the chance to speak with you, to ask you questions for your perspective, but what has been your experience having a talent that takes ancient practices that can hold the secret for healing modern ailments? Can you break down WHAT exactly it is that you do in your classes, and how each class is tied to support a specific ailment of injury? Qi Class: Qigong for Health, Fitness and Well-being, what ever your ailment or injury There is a Qigong for it... Jing Class: Neigong ( Qigong Yoga) great for Stretching the body, Strengthening the tendons and releasing trauma/ PTSD/ Depression... Shen Class:  Shengong ( Qigong Meditation) lots of different variations, especially "the Island" a Daoist Meditation to heal mind,body and Spirit plus other Energy Meditation styles... Eastern Reiki Class: The Traditional Version of Reiki has Hatsurie Ho ( Japanese Qigong), Kotodama ( Japanese Mantra), and Reiju ( Empowerments) done as a Weekly Class so you build and grow the energy and Traditionally Symbols were not used. DragonDog Shaman Reiki: A particular Version of Shun Qi Shen ( Chinese Reiki) based on the Daoist Shaman practice, this has 3 Classes... Theory, Practical and Lightcode... Q2B: So if I have pain in my neck, that's persistent and always there, how would you help me to eliminate this pain in my neck? I ask, as it's been this way for me for over 20 years, and I've tried everything! Chiropractic work, massage, oils, saunas, and even hypnotherapy (which I would have to say is highly effective). What would you say to me about this persistent pain in my neck and how would YOU solve it? Q3: I know a lot of this involves the mind. I heard you say something that made me think a bit, and I wonder if you can explain how you interpret when Hong-Kong, American martial arts and actor, the late Bruce Lee said “it's like a finger pointing away to the moon” urging us to NOT concentrate on our finger, or we will miss “all that heavenly glory” and that we must NOT think, but learn to FEEL more. How does this quote tie in here? Learn to listen to our body and feel more, rather than get stuck focusing on (our finger) or whatever it is that hurts us in our body? What would you say here? Q4: So here's another quote I heard you say that I just love. I connected with it as I worked for 6 years in the motivational speaking industry and met some of the greats in this industry, right alongside those who had all risen to the top in their careers. Most that I met were open to learning NEW strategies and ideas for success, that took them to these great heights, and they didn't have to be scientifically proven, they just had to work. You mentioned a quote by Rockefeller that said “millionaires don't use astrology, billionaire do” suggesting that more successful individuals, particularly those at the highest wealth levels, may leverage astrology for strategic insights beyond simple fate beliefs. Can you explain how this quote ties into your work? Q5: Before my next question, I would love it if you could give us your take on Energy 101 and what we should all know about energy fields, and frequencies? I've mentioned this concept on a few different episodes where I talk about how we are all spiritual beings, with an intellect, living in a physical body (EP 67[i]) and that we must change our frequency to move to different levels of vibration. How would YOU explain this image and concept? Q6: Since we now can see how important energy is, in Arizona, where I live, we can find stores on reading our energy, our aura (I've done this recently) or classes on how to bend a spoon, psychokinesis and dowsing (all classes that I took the FIRST year I moved here over 24 years ago). Can you tell me what you learned from your work with Uri Geller years ago that might open our listener's eyes to different techniques for success that you have seen either yourself or others use to give them a razor's edge for success? Q7: Ok, another quote here from Nikolas Tesla “magic is science not yet understood.” I've been working hard to make the connection with neuroscience and some of those age old success principles that I saw working in the seminar industry back in the late 1990s. Our most downloaded episode is a 4-part series on Applying The Silva Method[ii] for Increased Intuition, Creativity and Focus. My favorite quote from this series is that “once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” What kind of magic have you seen over the years with people you work with who have learned to train their mind (like Bruce Lee was so well known for?). Q8: In the Silva Method, he has this activity where we learn how to see things on the “screen of our mind.” What have you learned from your study of ancient physicists about developing our minds, or our “third eye” and why is this advanced awareness important if we want to take better control our our health and wellness, as well as our success, in the future?   Q9: This has been a lot, and I could keep asking you questions, but I wonder, “where do we begin?” I didn't know that Yin/Yang (dark/light) means Tai Chi or that Dao means “the path, or the way.” Can you highlight the best way forward for someone who notices they are off balance, like me, and how to get started on a better way forward? Q10: Have I missed anything important? Sifu, I want to thank you very much for meeting with me, to open my mind up further with your knowledge and wisdom that you have collected and implemented since you were a young boy. I'm grateful to have had this chance to speak with you. Where can people learn more about your classes and workshops? CONNECT with SIFU BOGGIE Instagram https://www.instagram.com/sifu.boggie/?hl=en LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/sifuboggie/ Facebook https://www.facebook.com/sifuBoggie YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@SifuBoggie Sifu's School https://shundao.uscreen.io/    REFERENCES: [i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #67 Expanding Your Awareness with a Deep Dive into Bob Proctor's Most Powerful Seminars https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/   [ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/    

Today, Michael welcomes Vishen Lakhiani. Vishen is an inspirational keynote speaker, educational activist, three-time New York Times bestselling author, and one of the leading minds in self-improvement and human consciousness. As the founder and CEO of Mindvalley, the foremost provider of online education for personal growth, he has created a platform that includes a variety of highly esteemed health and wellness applications. Vishen's mind-training techniques have been widely used and endorsed by professional athletes across major sports leagues including the NBA, NFL, and US Open Tennis, proving their effectiveness in optimizing human performance at the highest level. Today, Vishen is focused on advancing the Mindvalley platform through cutting-edge AI technology and machine learning solutions to make it the most sophisticated learning platform in the world.  Highlights from Michael and Vishen's conversation include: -Vishen's early career struggles in Silicon Valley, his personal growth journey and founding Mindvalley, and how he discovered the Silva Method -A deep dive into the Silva Method's teachings on intuition, healing, and accessing altered states of consciousness for optimal living -Why Vishen views AI as an extension of our consciousness and a tool for human connection and evolution -How emotional depth and personal stories still define meaningful communication, even with AI assistance -Concerns over using AI in weaponry and calling for the elevation of human consciousness alongside tech -A look into Mindvalley's vision of personalized education that taps into one's life purpose, using AI  -An optimistic discussion on global progress, media bias, and two books Vishen has found helpful in shifting fear-based thinking, and much more! Finally, Michael offers a brief guided meditation on everything working together for our good. Connect with Vishen at Mindvalley here: https://www.mindvalley.com/ and on YouTube, IG, Facebook, and LinkedIn. Remember to Subscribe or Follow and set an alert to receive notifications each Wednesday when new episodes are available! Connect with Michael at his website – https://michaelbeckwith.com/ – and receive his guided meditation, “Raise Your Vibration and Be Untouchable” when you sign up to receive occasional updates from Michael! You can also connect with him at https://agapelive.com/. Facebook: @Michael.B.Beckwith https://www.facebook.com/Michael.B.Beckwith  IG: @michaelbbeckwith https://www.instagram.com/michaelbbeckwith/  TikTok: @officialmichaelbeckwith   https://www.tiktok.com/@officialmichaelbeckwith  YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCqMWuqEKXLY4m60gNDsw61w  And as always, deep gratitude to the sponsors of the Take Back Your Mind with Michael B. Beckwith podcast: -Agape International Spiritual Center: https://agapelive.com/ and -NutriRise, the makers of Michael's AdaptoZen products: -Superfood Greens: https://nutririse.com/products/greens-superfood -Superfood Reds: https://nutririse.com/products/adaptozen-superfood-reds   -ELEVATE+: Organic Fermented Mushrooms: https://nutririse.com/products/elevate-fermented-mushrooms-powder  

Welcome back to Season 13 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! In this episode, we explore Part 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick's book on self-leadership, focusing on Chapters 10 to 13. Discover how the latest neuroscience research can enhance your skills in persuasion, time management, change, and agility. Dive deep into the nuances of persuasion and influence, learn effective time management techniques, understand the brain's response to change, and enhance your mental and physical agility. Join us as we uncover insightful strategies to apply in your leadership journey. And we will now resume PART 3 of our 4-PART review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant's book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. We began with PART 1[ii] and the first 5 chapters of the book. PART 2[iii] we reviewed chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, and today, PART 3, today, we will review chapters 10-13. We will finish with PART 4, Chapters 14-16 after we release our FIRST interview of 2025, coming next weekend.                                                                                  ((On today's EPISODE #357 PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)): ✔ EP 336 Chapter 10[iv]“The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” ✔ EP 337 Chapter 11[v] “The Neuroscience of Time Management” ✔ EP 339 Chapter 12[vi] “The Neuroscience of Change” ✔ EP 342 Chapter 13[vii]    “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” If you have not yet taken the leadership self-assessment, or if you would like to re-take it to see if the results are different for you than last year, you can click the link here to find the quick test. I re-took the assessment for 2025, and did notice some similarities and some differences. See what you notice about yourself. I noticed that pathways 2 and 3 are my high areas of focus this year, and that I can drop pathway 6 from my focus. What about you? If you have a few minutes to spare, take this leadership self-assessment again, and see if you notice any changes in your areas of focus for 2025. Did any of your pathways shift for you, since last year? This is an incredible way to be laser focused on pathways that will move the needle of success for YOU this year. ✔ EP 336 Chapter 10 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” On this episode, we looked at Jack Carew's classic book from 1987 called You'll Never Get No For an Answer that was covered on EP 176.[viii] Carew looked at the unique strategies that American Author and Salesman Og Mandino encouraged us all to read to improve our communication and influence with others and I noticed that Strategy 2 was to stop looking out for number one and always look for how you can help others first. So, after noticing this, I went straight to Chapter 10 of Grant Bosnick's book, on “Persuade and Influence” to see what he had to say on this topic. Right off the bat, in the opening of this chapter, Bosnick asks us to think about how we would persuade someone else to do something, like give you a pen you would like to have, for example, or ask for a promotion, or ask someone to do something you would like them to do. Then he differentiates the word persuade that he says “we can think of as quick, more direct, more for short-term or immediate gain” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership) while influence he says “is softer, more subtle, much more for longer term and lasting gain.” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership) Persuasion Bosnick says is “more tactical, whereas influence is strategic.”  He gives us the history of persuasion, explaining its origin from the early Greek Philosophers, and that Aristotle wrote about three modes of persuasion: logos (that's about logic and reason), pathos (that's about emotion and inspiration) and ethos (that's about the speaker's own character and credibility). Thinking of Jack Carew's second tip in his book to improve our influence with others (by putting other people first) I think is a good example of a strategy that builds this concept for long-lasting gain (influence) versus persuading someone to give me something that I need for short-term, or immediate gain (like, to pass me their pen, so I can write down something important that I'll need to remember).  I want to build influence with others, that's long-term, that I think includes logic and reason (logos), emotion and inspiration (pathos) and a person's character and credibility (ethos). All 3 of the modes of persuasion, to me, make up longer term influence with someone. We learned on this episode that “There are 6 short cuts to increase the chances that someone will be persuaded or even better, influenced by us” (Robert Cialdini) We covered the first three is Robert Cialdini's book: 1. Reciprocity: We are obliged to give back, if we have been given something. Use the neuroscience of influence and persuasion, and think of ways to help others first, instead of thinking what you can gain from other people, think of what you can give to them. Always be the first to give and take the time to make sure what you are giving is actually useful to that person. This way, what you will give will have meaning to that person. 2. Scarcity. If something is scarce, we want it more. Use this by highlighting the Benefits, Uniqueness and Possible sense of Loss. Take the time to find out how what you are offering to someone else, will help them. You will need to find out what they are looking for to do this, by asking questions, and listening. Then you can “frame what you are saying/offering, so others will find it to be valuable”[ix] especially if it is something that is difficult to come by, or scarce. 3. Authority. We are more likely to comply with a request if it is coming from a perceived authority/expert. Being introduced by others FIRST is a fast way to have others learn about your expertise, making you instantly more influential and persuasive, rather than you introducing yourself. My take-away from this episode: If I want to improve my influence, it begins with understanding the wants and needs of others first (how can I help them) and then being able to say what I mean, and mean what I say. The words I speak do matter when I'm working on gaining influence.  If I'm speaking with someone, and not being completely honest, or not meaning what I say, I know that this can be felt by the other person, and it will hurt my ability to gain trust, rapport and influence. Our brains really can detect “benefits and threats”[x] and I want to be sure that I'm drawing those I want to interact with towards me, not away from me. Once I have gained influence with someone I am speaking with, then I can take my persuasion skills to the next level, and we can begin to work together on our common goals. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH ✔ EP 337 Chapter 11 “The Neuroscience Behind Effective Time Management” This topic we covered early on our podcast, with a video from author Kent Healy, who wrote Success Principles for Teens[xi] that he co-authored with Jack Canfield. Kent created a video for me (many years ago) that we used with students in the classroom, and I featured this video on EP 33[iv] of our podcast that was called “Time Management, the Greatest Asset We Have” and Kent gives a perspective to the amount of time we have, in a way that 15 years later, I've still not forgotten his words in this video recording. You can watch Kent's explanation of “time management”[xii] with the visuals that he provided, reminding us that “we all have the same amount of time” and he even breaks it down and tells us how many seconds we have every day (84,600 seconds to be exact) every day. While ALL the experts agree that we can't create more time, or change this number, some will say we can use our time to generate more of something else (like energy) but Kent's message was about using this time (these 84,600 seconds we have each day wisely) and focus on what we can control, and that's our personal growth. He gives an example of adding just 15 extra minutes a day towards learning something new, and that adds up to 3.8 full days a year, and asks us to think of what value we put on 15 minutes of time. I loved Kent's point of view, and always respect people who use their time wisely. Then we looked at the Neuroscience of Time Management and learned that our chronotype “the natural inclination of your body to sleep at a certain time or what people understand as being an early bird versus a night owl”[xiii] should be factored into our Time Management Strategy. We learned that “For those people who go to bed around 9:30pm-11:30pm and wake in the window of 6am-8am that there tends to be an increase in (dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, 0-8 hours after waking, which leads to increases in alertness, attention and focus that are great for analytical work, great for implementation of strategies that you already understand.” Dr. Andrew Huberman with Guest Dr. Adam Grant As we are thinking about the best strategies to manage our activities, projects, the extra time that Kent Healy thinks should go to self-improvement, or even the roles we have in our personal and professional lives, in order to have access to this extra energy, and creative thinking, we will want to plan our “deep” work 0-8 hours after waking (if our chronotype is the wake up early type). So, be sure you understand your own chronotype, and factor the science into your time management strategy. This made me think of Grant Bosnick's Top Energy Drainers: Procrastination Saying Yes to Everything The Perfectionist With this extra energy, and creative thinking, (from better managing our time) I suggested to put it all into creative prolific quality work (the perfectionist in me). I thought, why not use the extra energy to combat against procrastination, while protecting our time by saying no to everything, (at first). I know we can always come back to projects that you would like to do, that have meaning to you, but by truly managing our energy and activities, we are protecting this commodity that we all have in the same amounts: time. This episode also make me think that those 84,600 seconds that Kent Healy reminded me that we all have each day, and how 15 minutes a day (that adds up to 3.8 days/year) can be used even more wisely with this understanding of The Neuroscience of Time Management. Think About These Questions: Do you value your time? Do you value other people's time? Do you think 15 minutes of time really matters? I will also add, have you ever thought of the impact of counting time, down to the amount of seconds that we have each day? How important is 20 seconds of your time? OR, 20 seconds of someone else's time? REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH EP 339 Chapter 12 “The Neuroscience of Change” On this EP we looked at two examples of what happens to our brain when we see something our brain wasn't expecting, like a breathtaking view, or when we land the promotion we worked so hard to achieve, Bosnick explains “we feel like we got a reward. It's a rush. We get a sensation in our brain and a hit of the big neurochemicals” dopamine, serotonin, oxytocin, norephinephrine, adrenaline.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). However, on the other hand, when we see a bear in the woods, (or snake on the hiking trails), or we are overlooked for a promotion at work, our brain actually sees this “like it's a threat. We feel tense, stressed, pressure…our body physically feels it.” We learned that “Neuroscience has shown us, that the feeling we get from a social or emotional threat (like being passed over for the promotion) is the same as the feeling we get from a physical threat (like seeing a bear or a snake). When we see how our brain interprets “everything and everyone we meet as either a reward or a threat” we can better understand “how our body reacts, (and) our brain and mind think, (leading) to the decisions, behaviors and actions we make.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). Next on this EP, we reviewed Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs that led to “Self-Determination Theory” around the year 2000 where researchers found that there were “three physiological needs: the need for Competence (feeling valued for our knowledge, skills and experience), the need for Relatedness (collaborating, connecting or serving others) and the need for Autonomy (being able to exercise self-regulation…to achieve our goals.” (Page 133, Ch 12, Bosnick). We learned that when our ACRES are being met, (our autonomy, competence, relatedness, equity, and sureness) it will put us in a toward state and we will fully embrace everything ahead of us; (but) if our ACRES are threatened, it will put us in an “away state” and will then resist or block things ahead of us. Looking at Bosnick's ACRES example, we examined a work experience in our past, that we did not enjoy, to see where it went against the ACRES Model of Needs. With brain science in mind, we can gain more understanding of why we either enjoyed, or didn't enjoy this experience. It all led back to how our brain either interprets the experience as a reward, or a threat. We also looked at triggers to be aware of to mitigate threat, during times of change. Finally, we looked at how to change our nervous system, to change our actions and behaviors, so we can leave behind a legacy (or fossil record as Dr. Huberman calls it) that we are proud of. We learned that “Agitation and strain is the entry point to neuroplasticity” Dr. Huberman This is when lasting CHANGE is happening at the brain level, and impacting our entire nervous system. So when we are working on something, (like trying to learn something new…like understanding the neuroscience of change for this episode) and that limbic friction feeling comes up, (and I'm annoyed or agitated) when something just doesn't click.  I now have a deeper understanding of what's happening at the brain level after this EP. I will now push forward, stay positive and lean into the change that I know is happening in my brain, as I embrace the change that comes with doing difficult work. The Neuroscience of Change is an exciting topic, and it's only going to be strengthened with the next two topics, Agility and Resilience.   REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH EP 342 Chapter 13   “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” Which leads us to the final EP of our review today. “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” Before I even review this EP, I thought of something I saw on Twitter/X this morning that caught my attention. It was a post from Chris S Cornell whose handle is @BiggestComeback and he was talking about his first attempt to run a mile, with a kettlebell. He faced some criticism for this post, as some said it was “dangerous” but mentioned that he thought that “spending your life on the couch with a remote in one hand and a beer in the other is far more dangerous.”[xiv] (Chris Cornell) While this pathway came out as a low priority for me last year, and this year, I have to say, it's definitely NOT an area I leave off to the side. I'm always looking to see how I can push my mind or body, just a bit past where I'm comfortable, and when life is difficult, this is actually where I thrive. While I don't think I could run a mile with a kettle bell, I did run 7 miles today with a 16 pound weighted vest. I really do believe in the mind/body connection and that by doing things that are difficult, we strengthen the brain. We did dive deeper into this concept on EP 344[xv] with “The Neuroscience of Resilience” that we will review next time, but we uncovered that by doing difficult things, we increase the size of a part of our brain called the anterior midcingulate cortex. (Dr. Andrew Huberman). I do difficult things because I want to improve my mental and physical strength, and in turn, increase the size of this important part in my brain that Dr. Huberman says “is not just the seat of willpower…but scientists think it holds the secret in the will to live.” If you are like me, and enjoy doing difficult things, you will enjoy when we looked at three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[xvi] where the author says there are three types of systems, organizations or people. The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile. The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before? The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. We learned that when we face challenges, changes and stressors, we want to become antifragile in the process so that we grow from adversity, and become stronger in the process. While we did go deep into the stressors and triggers that can stop our course of action, Bosnick suggested that we rate our stressors (from a list he provided to jog our minds), on a scale of 1-5. Then he reminds us of the three types of people, showing us how we can and most definitely will grow from adversity, sustaining our peak performance, and finally what we want to take away from this chapter is how to “train our brain to be antifragile in order to be more agile in the moment when we face challenges or stressors.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 149) I don't think that running a mile with a kettle bell is for me (even if a part of me wonders how far I could go before I would lose the grip of something that heavy), I will continue to challenge my mind, as we learned from our most downloaded series, The Silva Method that “Once we learn to use our mind (to train it) it will do some astounding things, as you will soon see.” REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH   REVIEW and CONCLUSION: To review and conclude this week's episode #357 on PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered a review of the strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapters 10, 11, 12, and 13. EPISODE #357 PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover: ✔ EP 336 Chapter 10[xvii]“The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” ✔ EP 337 Chapter 11[xviii] “The Neuroscience of Time Management” ✔ EP 339 Chapter 12[xix] “The Neuroscience of Change” ✔ EP 342 Chapter 13[xx]     “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility”   We will see you next time, with our PART 4, our final part in this review. Stay tuned as we launch our interview series, with NEW inspiring interviews with experts who are working deeply with the most current neuroscience research. See you next week!   REFERENCES:   [i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #355 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 1 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-self-leadership-with-neuroscience/   [iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #356 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 2 (Grant Bosnick)https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-secrets-of-self-leadership-chapters-6-to-9-review/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-science-of-persuasion-and-influence/   [v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #337 “The Neuroscience of Time Management”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-time-the-neuroscience-behind-effective-time-management/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 339 “The Neuroscience of Change”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/embracing-change-the-neuroscience-behind-thriving-in-2024/   [vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 342  “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-mental-and-physical-agility-strategies-for-self-leadership/   [viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #176 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-communication-why-our-brain-doesn-t-like-the-word-no/   [ix] The Neuroscience of Influence https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J-5CZ2AXT1o   [x] The Neuroscience of Influence Leadership Coaching by Dean Newlund https://mfileadership.com/2021/01/27/the-neuroscience-of-influence/   [xi] Success Principles for Teens by Jack Canfield and Kent Healy April 15, 2008 https://www.amazon.com/Success-Principles-Teens-Where-Want/dp/0757307272   [xii] Author Kent Healy on “Time Management: Our Greatest Asset” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w_ibHzu751I   [xiii] Chronotypes Definition https://www.sleepfoundation.org/how-sleep-works/chronotypes#:~:text=Chronotype%20is%20the%20natural%20inclination,bird%20versus%20a%20night%20owl.   [xiv] https://x.com/BiggestComeback/status/1895906308785615336   [xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #344 “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-resilience-building-stronger-minds-and-teams/   [xvi] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680   [xvii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-science-of-persuasion-and-influence/   [xviii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #337 “The Neuroscience of Time Management”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-time-the-neuroscience-behind-effective-time-management/   [xix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 339 “The Neuroscience of Change”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/embracing-change-the-neuroscience-behind-thriving-in-2024/   [xx]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 342  “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-mental-and-physical-agility-strategies-for-self-leadership/  

Welcome to Part 2 of our in-depth review of Grant Bosnick's 'Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.' In this episode, we delve into the significance of hydration for brain health, discovering 'aha' moments through creative insights, and the influential power of expectations on our well-being and success. We also explore the neuroscience behind staying mentally strong and regulate emotions effectively through improved sleep patterns. Join us as we unravel these fascinating research-backed strategies to enhance your self-leadership skills. Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives. And we will now resume PART 2 of our 4-PART review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant's book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year.  Last week, we began with PART 1[ii] and the first 5 chapters of the book. Today we will review chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership. ((On today's EPISODE #356 PART 2 of our review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)): ✔ EP 327 Chapter 6[iii] “The Hydrated Brain” ✔ EP 330 Chapter 7[iv]“Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain” ✔ EP 333 Chapter 8[v] “Exploring the Power of Expectations” ✔ EP 335 Chapter 9[vi] “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed” If you have not yet taken the leadership self-assessment, or if you would like to re-take it to see if the results are different for you than last year, you can click the link here to find the quick test.   Self-Assessment Results 2024 vs 2025 I re-took the assessment for 2025, and did notice some similarities and some differences. See what you notice about yourself. I noticed that pathways 2 and 3 are my high areas of focus this year, and that I can drop pathway 6 from my focus. What about you? If you have a few minutes to spare, take this leadership self-assessment again, and see if you notice any changes in yourself for 2025. Did any of your pathways of focus shift since last year? REMEMBER: We are either moving forward into growth, or backwards to safety. (Abraham Maslow). EP 327 Chapter 6 “The Hydrated Brain”   For this episode, I remember wondering how on the earth can we narrow the focus of this topic of health and wellness that Bosnick covers thoroughly in Chapter 6? Dr. Peter Attia[vii], a Canadian-American physician, known for his medical practice that focuses on the science of longevity, says that “exercise might be the most potent “drug” we have for extending the quality and perhaps quantity of our years of life.” He created a rule that he thought would help narrow this focus and it was called “Attia's Rule”[viii] where he suggests that can't even talk about this topic, unless you have reached a certain level of health yourself. I agree, as this is one area we have been focused on this podcast, and I notice that as I strengthen one area, I lose sight of another. It's an ongoing quest for balance, and I wouldn't say I've mastered the balance yet. We dove deep into Attia's Rule on our EP back in October 2022, “Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health.”[ix] Dr. Attia says that nutrition and health arguments are a waste of your time until you've completed a certain set of criteria. He says don't bother defending this topic unless you can: Dead hang for a minute (try this! I honestly thought I was going to die when I did this 2 years ago). I'm not sure I could do it today with the signs of osteoporosis showing up in my fingers (and noticeable when I type). Wall sit for two minutes. (This wasn't difficult for me the fact that I regularly hit the hiking trails). Have a VO2 max of at least 75th percentile for your age group. (Mine is showing 37 right now which was the same as it was in 2022. Interesting that I'm hiking less these days, but have kept the same VO2 max). I think it's important to notice just how vast this topic of health and wellness really is. We mentioned the Top 6 Health Staples[x] on our last episode, that we created back in 2020 when our podcast took a turn towards mental and physical health and wellness, (that we just can't escape) and I wasn't surprised to see Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman post on Twitter/X that he would like to see a Superbowl Commercial promoting healthy habits. The time for mental and physical health is here, and we cannot deny the connection between the two. We met Dr. Bruce Perry on EP 168[xi] where we dove into his famous book What Happened to You, that he co-authored with Oprah, and the last Kindle book I purchased was Gabor Mate's When the Body Says No: The Hidden Costs of Stress[xii] When I look back at why I chose to highlight “The Hydrated Brain” I honestly think it was because this topic is so vast. Hydration is something that might be emphasized with athletes, but it wasn't something anyone had emphasized with me (unless they were connected to the sports world). To narrow this topic of health and wellness down a bit, did YOU know that keeping our brain hydrated helps us with: Improving concentration and cognition Helping to balance our mood and emotions Maintaining a good memory Boosting our brain's reaction time Increasing blood flow and oxygen to the brain Preventing and relieving headaches Reducing stress Grant Bosnick shared with us in this chapter: “That our brain is 75% water and when our brain is functioning on a full reserve of water, we will be able to think faster, be more focused and experience greater clarity and creativity?” (Chapter 6, Bosnick). Grant reminds us that “everyone is unique and needs different amounts of water per day (but suggests) an adequate intake for men is roughly around 3 liters (100 fluid ounces) a day, (and) for women it's about 2.2 liters (74 fluid ounces) a day. What do you think? Could you improve your water intake? Just by thinking about ways to improve our brain health, we will over time begin to move the needle in the direction of physical health and wellness, which was the concept that Grant wanted us to uncover in Chapter 6. This is just one small idea, (in this HUGE topic) but if we can tackle one idea at a time, we will move in the direction of health and wellness. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH EP 330 Chapter 7 “Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain” This pathway #3 came out as MEDIUM importance (orange score) for me, alongside mindfulness and flow last year, but this year, this is my second highest pathway of focus. Look to see where pathway 3 showed up for you last  year, and if it's different for you this year. What I loved about Grant Bosnick's book is that he opens up chapter 7 with a story of how insight was used by an organization to help solve the problem with the high number of babies that were dying within a month of their birth, specifically in developing countries.  This organization he wrote about, solved this specific problem using a thought process that took insight using “materials and human resources that could be used to address this issue” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) by building incubators made out of Toyota cars that were readily available in these developing areas. Instead of using their analytical mind and thinking “how do we get more incubators to these areas” someone on their team used insight and creativity to come up with the best solution to use the resources they had readily available to them, locally. So how do we think up these creative ideas? Grant asks us to ponder where we have our best ideas. In the shower? While exercising? At your desk while doing work? Just before falling asleep or waking up? While walking or hiking? While taking with a friend? Grant suggests that few people will come back with “at their desk while working” since this type of creativity involves breaking away from the analytical, thinking mind, and tapping into our “nonconscious” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) part of our brain. It was here I had to look deeper into how this type of thinking happens, and I found the fascinating book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman. If you want to dive deeper into the science behind insight and creativity, I highly suggest reading this book. I wanted to know HOW to create these “AHA” Moments at will, not by chance and this is what these two cognitive neuroscientists who wrote this book, set out to do. Their goal of writing this book was to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor). In the very beginning pages of The Eureka Factor, we learn that “insight is creative” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman) and when the authors went on to define “what creativity is” they suggest to not define it (yet) since “everyone intuitively recognizes creativity when he or she sees it” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman). I thought back to when we covered “Improving Creativity” on PART 4 of The Silva Method[xiii] on ((“Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”)) and we tapped into Dr. Andrew Huberman's research on creativity here. Dr. Huberman explains that “when we see something that's truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work….It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative. So, going back to The Eureka Factor, John Kounios suggests that “creative insight is not an exotic type of thought reserved for the few. In fact, (he says) it's one of the few abilities that define our species….most humans—have insights. It's a basic human ability.” (Page 11, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman). While reading further into The Eureka Factor, I came across an image that helped to explain this idea so we can ALL improve our ability to generate new and creative insights that will empower our personal and professional lives. IMAGE CREDIT: The Eureka Factor (Kounios, Beeman) Page 24 If someone were to ask me “Where do I begin to improve my ability to create NEW insights in my life?” I would say, start here: STEP 1: Go somewhere quiet and think.  We've mentioned a few times on this podcast that “Every man has the natural and inherent power to think what he wants to think, but it requires more effort to do so”[xiv] (Wallace D. Wattles). I recently heard Professor Hod Lipson[xv] from Columbia University, speaking about the future with AI, and while his whole presentation was forward-thinking, eye opening and brilliant, what caught my attention the most was when he mentioned that while working with students with AI and robotics, the hardest part for them was to come up with a name for their robot, because he said “it takes a lot of effort to be creative.” Take the time needed for this process. STEP 2: You might think you are stuck, and like the image suggests in the show notes, you might see a brick wall in front of you, metaphorically speaking, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven't figured it out yet. It's here that I share ways I've moved past where I'm stuck, and that's by using The Silva Method. I'm reminded daily that many of our current listeners found us from the first episode we did with this 4-part series that ended with an episode on “How to Be More Creative and Innovative”. When you feel stuck, take a break. STEP 3: Keeping your mood positive, break away from where you feel stuck, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, or playing tennis like the image from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem. If you are in a meditative state, just be sure to have positive, elevated emotions flowing through you. Looking at the image in the show notes from The Eureka Factor, we see a person playing tennis. You can use whatever method you want here (The Silva Method of Meditation, your own mindfulness practice, going for a walk) or whatever it is for YOU where you access those feelings of calmness and peace. STEP 4: Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking of solving the problem. We are all different here. Think back to the beginning of this episode, when Grant Bosnick asked us to consider where our creative ideas flow into our minds. Mine come in that time just before I go to sleep, or just as I'm waking up. Others might come in the shower, or while exercising. Be open to NEW ideas coming into your mind, and be ready to write them down. STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. You'll will become more self-aware in this process. Grant Bosnick lists a few inventions that were developed this way, in chapter 7 on Insight, and I found an article that lists “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, (where) inspiration arrived suddenly”[xvi] to help these inventors move forward with their famous AHA Moments. I personally think it's amazing how we acquire wisdom. When we suddenly “see” something that escaped us for so long. I can only imagine the room from Grant Bosnick's opening story when that one person said “why don't we make incubators out of Toyota cars?” completely shifting what EVERYONE was thinking. We ended this EP with one of my favorite poems from Stewart Edward White who explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us forever. He writes: “Curious how we acquire wisdom! Over and over again, the same truth is thrust under our very noses. We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it; we read it in the written word. We suffer the experience; we gradually assent to the advice; we approve, intellectually, the written word. But nothing happens inside us. Then, one day, some trivial experience or word or encounter stops us short. A gleam of illumination penetrates the depth of our consciousness. We see! Usually it is but a glimpse; but on rare occasions a brilliant flash reveals truth fully formed. And we marvel that this understanding has escaped us so long.” REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH EP 333 Chapter 8 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” where we will dive into a topic that I mark as high importance in my life, right up with breathing. When I took my self-assessment last year, the topic of expectations showed up as low priority for me to focus. Not because it's not important to me, but because I've already made this topic of high importance. Expectations came out for me in the RED category, with a low score of 8% (last year) along with goals and time management, that I also put high importance with on a daily basis.  This year, pathway 1 came out as an area of MEDIUM focus for me, and I can tell right now, that the area I need to work on is “time management.” If you've taken the self-assessment, look to see if Expectations (in pathway 1) are of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. Before looking at Grant Bosnick's thoughts about the topic of expectations, where he begins chapter 8 by asking us “what did you expect?” I had to do some research first, to see what is already out in the world, and there was a lot out there, on the science behind expectations. DID YOU KNOW: That when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick) Conversely, did you know that “if our expectations are not met, that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85). On the EP we went deep into the Science of Expectation, and we looked at a book by David Robson called The Expectation Effect where this author showed us how “our beliefs, in themselves, shape your health and well-being in profound ways, and that learning to reset our expectations (about these issues) can have truly remarkable effects on our health, happiness and productivity.” (David Robson) SOME TIPS ON HOW TO USE THE NEUROSCIENCE OF EXPECTATIONS IN OUR DAILY LIFE: KNOW EXACTLY WHAT I'M EXPECTING (of myself and others): Understanding the science, helps me to keep my expectations tied to myself, and not others, to avoid disappointment and stress.  I expect to achieve my goals, (by putting in the necessary work) keep myself in good health (physical and mental) and will not just THINK about these expectations, but will do the hard work, take the action necessary to achieve them. This way, I'm not just “thinking” of what I expect to occur, I'm actually doing something with those thoughts. If I'm ever feeling “disappointed” with something in my life, a good question to ask is “what did you expect?” and see if I can backtrack to my thoughts. Was I using the science to flood my brain with dopamine, (with something within my control-that I could take action towards) or not. USE POSITIVE EXPECTATION TO BUILD RESILIENCE FOR A HEALTHIER VERSION OF MYSELF: Understanding the science behind our expectations, and especially David Robson's work, where we learned that “people with a more positive attitude towards their later years are less likely to develop (certain age-related diseases)” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) making a strong case for expecting exceptional mental and physical health in the future. Again, it goes without saying that we can't just “think” ourselves into good health. We need to do the work here in order to expect results to occur. CONTINUE TO EXPECT GOOD THINGS (for myself and others) Knowing that “expectations and beliefs can influence—indeed are already influencing your life in many other surprising and powerful ways. (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) makes me believe in some of the rituals I've heard of over the years, like lucky charms. I learned from David Robson's The Expectation Effect, that “superstitions and rituals can boost perseverance and performance across a whole range of cognitive tasks, and (that) the advantages are often considerable.” (Page 198, The Expectation Effect). Whether you are a professional athlete, singer, public speaker, or someone like me who just wants improved results, there is a science to having a lucky charm, or something that brings you the promise of success, to help you to create a feeling of control during those high stress times we all face. Don't dismiss the power of a lucky rock with a goal written on it, or whatever it is that holds significance to you with your future goals, or something that has meaning to you, that you expect to occur in your future. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH EP 335 Chapter 9 “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed” Chapter 9, covering “The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation” which showed up on my leadership self-assessment (in pathway 4 last year AND again this year) as a low, RED score, of 20%. This is not because it's not something I don't need to pay attention to, this is something I pay attention to daily, right up there with physical health that's also listed in Pathway Four of Grant's Self-Leadership Map. Look to see if Emotion Regulation (pathway 4) is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. EMOTION REGULATION AND SLEEP: In a world where we are hit daily by external stimuli, how on the earth can we be proactive to stay mentally strong and clear-headed so we have improved executive control to manage our emotions and regulate them? This took me straight to the work of Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Dr. Matthew Walker who recorded an episode called “Improve Sleep to Boost Mood and Emotion Regulation.”[xvii] It was here where I learned just how important sleep is for keeping a strong, clear mind, so we can use this strength to acknowledge and regulate our emotions, like Bosnick suggested in chapter 9 of his book. Dr. Walker, a professor of neuroscience and psychology at the University of California, Berkeley and the host of The Matt Walker Podcast, gave example after example that proved that when you've NOT had a good night's sleep, things that wouldn't bother you (when you've slept well), begin to aggravate, or grate on you more. Here's what I found to be remarkable on this topic, something I had not ever heard before. DID YOU KNOW THAT “the greater amount of REM sleep you are getting, (where our dreams occur) the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day.” Matt Walker and Dr. Andrew Huberman. Dr. Walker went on to explain that “the brain chemical noradrenaline (that's responsible for our stress reaction) completely shuts off during REM sleep, and serotonin (that plays a role with our mood) decreases, while acetyl choline (that carries messages from our brain to our body through nerve cells) increases by up to 30% in some parts of the brain (and can be even more active than when we were awake).  Dr. Walker concluded that the decrease of stress related brain chemicals is what makes “REM sleep was the perfect condition for overnight therapy.” If we want to improve our emotion regulation, the science is pointing directly to improving our sleep. On this episode, we dove deep into the 4 stages of sleep and suggestions to improve our sleep is something I've been working on for the past 5 years. There is a lot to this, and I'm still working on improving ALL the macroingredients of a good sleep (suggested by Dr. Walker), that include QQRT, or knowing the quantity (amount of sleep), quality (fragmented vs continuous), regularity (sleeping/waking around the same time) and timing (sleeping in alignment with my chronotype).  Dr. Walker explains these areas with Dr. Huberman, and if you do wonder where you can improve, I highly suggest their 6-part series on sleep. TIPS FOR IMPROVING EMOTION REGULATION BY IMPROVING OUR SLEEP: Here are three tips that I took away from the neuroscience of self-regulation, that I've been working on, to see if improving my sleep in these areas, could possibly improve emotion regulation. 1. KNOW HOW MUCH DEEP RESTORATIVE SLEEP WE ARE GETTING EACH NIGHT:  We all know the importance of knowing how much sleep we are getting to be well-rested the next day, (how many hours or the quantity) but it's also important to keep an eye on the QUALITY or amount of DEEP RESTORATIVE sleep we are getting each night. When I looked at the graphic I included when I wrote this EP back in June 2024, using the WHOOP wearable tracker, I can tell you that with focus and effort in this area, I've been able to improve the number of hours of restorative sleep I was getting last year, to this year, by 14%, hitting most nights with sufficient restorative sleep. Do you know how many hours of restorative sleep you are getting each night? 2. KNOW HOW MUCH REM SLEEP WE ARE GETTING: Keeping an eye on how much REM sleep we getting, is my next tip, since we know it's important for consolidating new memories, learning and motor skills. We also just learned that the more REM sleep we are getting, we can say we are getting some good overnight therapy, restoring ourselves mentally. You can find sleep trackers that can help you to measure and track these important ingredients of a good sleep for yourself, and see how much REM sleep you are getting each night, while keeping in mind that “the greater amount of REM sleep you are getting, the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day.” (Dr. Walker) Remember, we are working on ways to help with our emotion regulation, and it seems to me, that an easy way to do this, would be to see how we can improve our REM sleep.   3. APPLY THE SCIENCE OF SLEEP TO IMPROVE EMOTION REGULATION: Since “during REM sleep the stress chemicals are turned off” helping us to “strip away the emotion from the memory” we can take this understanding a step further, and see if we are able to solve any of our problems during sleep. Dr. Huberman and Dr. Walker went into great detail about this concept[xviii] that I've actually witnessed first-hand. They described what happens in REM sleep to be like “Behavior-Desensitization” and I had the opportunity to see the stages of this process, done by someone skilled and trained in trauma and the brain, working with someone I know well, who has experiences significant trauma in their life, starting at an early age. Using a series of techniques, the trained therapist took the client safely from talking about a traumatic memory from their childhood, (with extreme emotion attached) to where they could say out loud that the memory had lost its emotional load and no longer gave them an emotional reaction. This is exactly what happens to our brain during REM sleep and why it's mentally restorative. Putting these tips all together, and knowing that improving the quality, and quantity of sleep is linked to improving emotion regulation, I'm working hard to improve restorative sleep and REM sleep, each month.  It's all just a balancing act, though, and working on one part of our health at a time. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH REVIEW and CONCLUSION: To review and conclude this week's episode #356 on PART 2 of our review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered a review of the strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapters 6, 7, 8, and 9. ✔ EP 327 Chapter 6[xix] “The Hydrated Brain” ✔ EP 330 Chapter 7[xx]“Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain” ✔ EP 333 Chapter 8[xxi] “Exploring the Power of Expectations” ✔ EP 335 Chapter 9[xxii] “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed” While listening to each episode can be a helpful review, so can revisiting your leadership self-assessment to see what might have changed for you this year from last. I hope this review of chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership have helped you to think of NEW ways of thinking and taking the necessary action, that will drive you towards whatever it is that you are working on this year. With that thought, I do want to thank you for tuning in, and we will see you next time, with a review of the next 4 chapters. See you next time. REFERENCES: [i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #355 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 1 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-self-leadership-with-neuroscience/   [iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #327 “The Hydrated Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-episode-327-recap/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “AHA Moments, Creative Insights and the Brain”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/   [v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #333 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-the-power-of-expectations-in-episode-333/   [vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #335 “The Neuroscience Behind Being Strong and Clear Headed” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-emotion-regulation-the-neuroscience-behind-staying-strong-and-clear-headed/   [vii] Peter Attia https://peterattiamd.com/   [viii] Attia's Rule https://miloandthecalf.com/2023/02/08/the-attia-rule-some-tests-of-strength-for-longevity/#:~:text=Awhile%20back%20longevity%20expert%20Peter,a%20person%20fit%20for%20longevity.   [ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast “Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health.”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-improve-fitness-longevity-and-overall-health/   [x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE Recorded for Podbean's Wellness Week “The Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/   [xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EP 168 “Dr. Bruce Perry and Steve Graner: What Happened to You?”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-bruce-perry-and-steve-graner-from-the-neurosequential-network-on-what-we-should-all-know-about-what-happened-to-you/   [xii] Gabor Mate When the Body Says No: Understanding the Stress-Disease Connection Published https://www.amazon.com/When-Body-Says-No-Hidden/dp/178504222X   [xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/   [xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 315 “Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way PART 2 Review of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/   [xv] https://www.me.columbia.edu/faculty/hod-lipson   [xvi] “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, inspiration arrived suddenly” by Dan Falk, Published September 2, 2005 https://magazine.utoronto.ca/research-ideas/culture-society/great-eureka-moments-in-history-famous-inspirational-moments/   [xvii] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM   [xviii] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM   [xix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #327 “The Hydrated Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-episode-327-recap/   [xx] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “AHA Moments, Creative Insights and the Brain”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/   [xxi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #333 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-the-power-of-expectations-in-episode-333/   [xxii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #335 “The Neuroscience Behind Being Strong and Clear Headed” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-emotion-regulation-the-neuroscience-behind-staying-strong-and-clear-headed/  

Welcome to Episode 354 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! Join host Andrea Samadi as she concludes the 18-week self-leadership series with Grant Bosnick's revolutionary insights into the neuroscience of presence. Discover how your internal thoughts, external behaviors, and interactions shape your presence, and learn practical strategies to enhance your mindfulness and connection with others. This episode dives into Dr. Dan Siegel's 'Wheel of Awareness' meditation, offering three actionable tips to strengthen your presence in daily life. Uncover how to elevate your relationships and productivity by integrating mindfulness practices into your routine. Whether you're striving to be the most interesting or the most interested person in the room, this episode provides valuable guidance. Prepare to close the year with heightened awareness and step into 2025 with a new perspective on leadership and personal growth. On today's episode #354 we continue with the final topic of our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant's book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. Our final topic today, will be the neuroscience of presence, and then stay tuned for a review of the entire series to help us to move forward in 2025 with a new lens.  ((On today's EPISODE #354 “The Neuroscience of Presence” we will cover)): ✔ Chapter 19 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership with the topic of presence. ✔ Grant Bosnick's Presence Framework with examples of subtle and direct presence. ✔ The Neuroscience of Presence using Dr. Dan Siegel's book Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence ✔ Three Tips to Develop More Presence in our Day to Day Life. ✔ Reflections for using Mindfulness and Meditation to Improve Our Presence. If you've taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Presence (in Pathway 2), along with inspiration and motivation, persuade and influence, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me as I'm always looking for new ways to motivate, inspire and influence, and presence is something I know I need to work on daily, bringing my attention back to the present moment or you might catch me daydreaming. It made me laugh when Masati Sajady mentioned he noticed this with me, back on EP 348[iii] last year. Our presence is something that can be felt, that's for sure. Now let's take this deeper with Grant's book. Grant opens up chapter 19, his final chapter, by saying that presence “is a product of our internal thoughts, external behaviors and interactions with others. It's something (he says) that we carry with us at all times, whether we're walking into a meeting room (or walking anywhere I might add) or sitting at a bus stop.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252). I can demonstrate this one easily because we have all been there. I'll never forget Dr. Dan Siegel, who we interviewed way back in our early days of this podcast, on EP 28[iv] talking about this topic, as he watched a mother with a young child walking, and the mother was on her cell phone, not present at all. He talked about the many opportunities for connection that were lost in this instance, and I never forgot it, as I've been guilty of doing exactly the same thing and potentially losing out on opportunities to make meaningful connections with others. Or think about this. In a conversation, someone is talking to you, and you notice the void. They've left the conversation. They are standing right in front of you, they could be looking you straight in the face, but they are no longer present mentally. You don't need to ask them where they have gone, you can just feel it, and they eventually come back, but you know they gave you half of their attention. Has this ever happened to you? Of course, it has. Bosnick says that our presence “can be direct or subtle presence; and it can be controlled or uncontrolled. With direct controlled presence, we can be the most interesting person in the room—being assertive, measured and engaging (he says). With subtle controlled presence, we can be the most interested person in the room—being observant, connected and attentive.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252) and he says “both add value in different situations.” Whether you're striving to be the most interesting or the most interested person in the room, this episode provides valuable guidance. Prepare to close the year with heightened awareness and step into 2025 with a new perspective on leadership and personal growth. Bosnick says that our presence “can be direct or subtle presence; and it can be controlled or uncontrolled. With direct controlled presence, we can be the most interesting person in the room—being assertive, measured and engaging (he says). With subtle controlled presence, we can be the most interested person in the room—being observant, connected and attentive.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252) and he says “both add value in different situations.” IMAGE CREDIT: Chapter 19 Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership When I think about the most interested person in the room, my mind goes to our company Zoom meetings, where there is one person, Nikki, who always has her camera on, and she is always listening to the conversation actively, showing she is truly interested. She's an incredible role model for the rest of us, and I find her attention to be motivating. This past Christmas holiday, we did a Secret Santa at our work, and Nikki was one of the organizers. I thought it would be fun to participate, so I signed up for this chance to get to know some of my work colleagues in a different way. When my box arrived at my house, and we all met on a call to open our gifts together, I was blown away with the items that were bought for me. The person who was my Secret Santa knew me well! They found out I enjoy hiking in my spare time, and bought me some items that I can really use, when I'm out on the hiking trails. This person demonstrated they were “interested” in me, with a subtle presence, by being observant, connected and attentive. Wouldn't you know it, that my Secret Santa was Nikki! And her presence made me want to do the same thing for others. What about the most interesting person in the room? We all know this one. With direct, controlled presence, they become “assertive, measured and engaging” and it's hard to take your eyes off of them. They are impossible to miss. I'm sure we can all close our eyes and think of an example of someone who uses their direct, controlled presence, really well. No one wants to be “invisible” or on the other hand “overwhelming” so this idea of presence takes practice. Bosnick says that while “some people are naturally skilled at controlling and flexing between levels of presence (like my coworker Nikki), “most of us need to consciously work at it to bring it into our control and use it to our best advantage.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 253) So how can we improve our presence?  Let's go straight to the expert on this topic, Dr. Dan Siegel, whose book, Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence,[v] dives deep into a meditation practice, called The Wheel of Awareness, that uses science and psychology to “strengthen your capacity for presence.” (Aware, Dan Siegel).   What is the Neuroscience of Presence? This is what Dr. Dan Siegel helps us to understand in his book, Aware that outlines why the meditation he created (The Wheel of Awareness) begins with helping us to become more mindful, but the byproduct of this mindfulness, is that “people seem interested in exploring how they might cultivate more presence in their lives so they can be healthier, happier and kinder to themselves and others.” (Dr. Siegel, Aware). Of course at the end of our interview, 6 year ago now, Dr. Siegel asked me what I was learning from doing his Wheel of Awareness Meditation every day. I shared what I learned in an extensive review of Dr. Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation, on EP 60[vi] “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness.”  It took me some time to uncover what I learned, but not only does this scientifically proven meditation change the structure and function of the brain in these fascinating ways: There's an integration of structure and function of the brain (integration means well-being). There's a reduction of the stress hormone cortisol. There's an enhancement of immune function. Improvement in cardiovascular risk factors. Reduction in inflammation via epigenetic changes. An optimization of telomerase—which is fascinating as it repairs and maintains the ends of chromosomes which slows aging. In addition to these brain changes, I noticed an increase of ability with my 5 senses, also, with increased sensations within my body, and most importantly, what Dr. Siegel was looking to see if I noticed, was that it helped to increase my connection to people around me, expanding my “presence” far outside of myself, and into the world around me. If you type the word “presence” into Dr. Siegel's book, Aware, you will find it's listed 85 times. Within his Wheel of Awareness Meditation he shares “is about monitoring with stability whatever is arising as it arises (when you do this practice day after day). It's this awareness that (he says) we are calling presence.” (Aware, Siegel, Page 29). How to Develop More Presence in Our Lives? “How can we become more mindful (or present) in our day-to-day living so that we are aware of what's happening?” (whatever is arising day to day)? Dr. Dan Siegel suggests that we “do a regular practice that trains the mind…That training of the mind is sometimes called meditation. (Where he says) we learn to strengthen (our) focused attention.” (Aware, Dr. Siegel, Page 14). Here are three tips to start to become more present (with whatever it is that arises) in our day to day life: MEDITATE TO STRENGTHEN OUR MIND: Find a meditation where you must be active (not just sit, listen and drift off). It could be Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness[vii] or even our most downloaded episode series of all-time, The Silva Method.[viii] Find the best time of day to practice strengthening your mind, and stay consistent. NEXT PRACTICE BEING MINDFUL: Once we have strengthened our mind, now we've got to put this mental strength into practice. Like Nikki on Zoom calls, she increased her presence by being the most interested person in the room. Or what about when we are in a conversation with someone else, and our mind wanders. Are you able to mindfully bring it back? Dr. Siegel reminds us that “mental presence is a state of being awake and receptive to what is happening, as it is happening in the moment, within us, and between the world and us.” ( Aware, Siegel, Page 14). FINALLY, NOTICE WHAT HAPPENS WITH THIS INCREASED PRESENCE: As we work on strengthening our own presence in the world, and as we are observant, connected and attentive to others (or present) Dr. Siegel would say that we go from the state of “I” to a more integrated self that he calls “MWE.” This is where you/me connect together and like I noticed with the Wheel of Awareness practice, it increased the importance of expanding my presence outside of myself, to include others around me, in the world. When we can be truly present in our work or personal lives, we will begin to notice the connections around us, and how important they are. It takes some time though, to put this into practice, as we are bombarded with distractions daily, that take us away from this much-needed presence. In chapter 19 of his book, Grant Bosnick asks us to reflect on his Presence Framework, image 19.1 and asks us: Have you ever felt uncontrolled, direct presence where you might be overdoing it and unintentionally overwhelming others? How to use empathy and emotional intelligence to direct yourself back to being more mindful of how you are showing up to others. Think of someone who has controlled direct presence, making them the most interesting person in the room. Think of someone who has controlled subtle presence who appears to be the most interested person, on a consistent basis. Once you know which quadrant you typically show up in with Bosnick's Presence Framework, you can begin the work to train your mind to become more present in your daily work and personal life. I guarantee this will help you to build stronger, more effective relationships with others. You will start seeing how your connections go from thinking about ME…to MWE (or you and me together). To review and conclude this week's episode #354 on “The Neuroscience of Presence” we covered: ✔ Chapter 19 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership with the topic of presence. ✔ Grant Bosnick's Presence Framework with examples of subtle and direct presence. ✔ The Neuroscience of Presence using Dr. Dan Siegel's book Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence ✔ Three Tips to Develop More Presence in our Day to Day Life. ✔ Reflections for using Mindfulness and Meditation to Improve Our Presence, and expand our connection with others in the world. I hope this episode has been as helpful to you as it was for me. Being more present in my daily life (work and personal) is something that takes effort for me, even after implementing Dr. Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation. Distractions come fiercely, every second of the day and it takes a trained mind to divert our attention to what matters the most for us. This takes practice, and effort, but the results are well worth it. With that thought, we will close out this episode, and next time, we will review ALL 19 chapters of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, in one place. See you next time.   REFERENCES:   [i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #348 with Masati  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unveiling-exponential-intelligence-transform-your-life-by-shifting-frequencies/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/   [v] Dr. Dan Siegel, Aware: The Science and Practice and Presence (Published August 21, 2018) https://drdansiegel.com/book/aware/   [vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/   [vii] https://www.drdansiegel.com/resources/wheel_of_awareness/   [viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #322 A Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method for Improving Creativity, and Innovation  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/transforming-minds-and-paving-the-future/  

Michelle Lee is an adventurer who has rowed across both the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. She shares her experiences, highlighting the power of mindset, preparation, and intuition in overcoming challenges and achieving seemingly impossible goals. Key Ideas and Facts: 1. The Power of Mindset and Visualization: Committing fully: Michelle emphasizes the importance of unwavering commitment, both mentally and physically. "It was head and heart coherence. So, you know, I wasn't one foot in, one foot out. It was just all or nothing. I was going to do this do or die." Creating filters: She developed strategies to shield herself from negativity and doubt. She visualized "putting [herself] in a bubble" to deflect negative comments and focus on her own goals. Building a mental toolkit: Michelle relied on resources like the works of Dr. Joe Dispenza and the Silva Mind Control Method to manage anxiety and cultivate a positive mental state. The power of "Why is this happening for me?": She reframed challenges as opportunities for growth and learning. This shift in perspective empowered her to face difficulties head-on. 2. Meticulous Preparation: Immersion in the project: Michelle actively participated in building her boat, gaining intimate knowledge of its structure and capabilities. This deepened her connection to the project and boosted her confidence. Addressing weaknesses: After her Atlantic crossing, Michelle analysed her experience and focused on improving her weaknesses, particularly in hand care and nutrition. Importance of redundancies: She stresses the critical role of backup systems and spare parts for safety and peace of mind. Visual cues and the power of gratitude: To combat loneliness and low moods, Michelle utilized a ribbon with the names of her supporters and focused on feelings of gratitude. 3. Trusting Intuition: The role of intuition in decision-making: she emphasizes the importance of listening to her gut feelings, especially in challenging situations where logic alone wasn't sufficient. Intuition as a reliable guide: Michelle believes intuition, honed through meditation and the Silva Method, guided her safely through unpredictable ocean conditions. 4. Universal Lessons: Embracing discomfort and pushing boundaries: She encourages individuals to step outside their comfort zones and engage in new experiences for personal growth and resilience. The importance of support and vulnerability: While emphasizing self-reliance, Michelle acknowledges the crucial role of her support network and the power of vulnerability in building connections and receiving help. Living a life without regrets: Her overarching message is to seize opportunities, commit fully to one's goals, and strive to "not die wondering." Conclusion: Michelle Lee's incredible ocean rowing adventures offer valuable insights into the power of mindset, preparation, and intuition. Her experiences demonstrate that even seemingly insurmountable challenges can be overcome with dedication, a positive outlook, and a willingness to embrace discomfort and learn from setbacks. https://www.instagram.com/michelleleesolorower/profilecard/ https://www.facebook.com/michelle.mcdonald.31542841 https://www.linkedin.com/in/michellelee-solorower?utm_source=share&utm_campaign=share_via&utm_content=profile&utm_medium=android_app info@dougbeitz.com dougbeitz.com facebook.com/dougbeitz instagram.com/dougbeitz  

In our new series Echoes of Impact we meet Andy Kozlowski, a Taoist Spiritual Sage and Empath Guide. He has a diverse educational background, delving into psychology, clinical dietetics, personal training, neuro-linguistic programming, hypnosis, Silva Method techniques, career coaching, and business coaching. Alongside that he also dances with shamanic spirits, fearlessly exploring the depths of the divine in search of greatness. Stay tuned and continue listening to the episode with our host Payal Nayar to know more about Andy's world.Andy's remarkable journey is marked by over 7,000 hours of meditation, including numerous 10-day intensive meditation camps. Since the age of 18, he has navigated the intricate realms of Shamanic third-eye travels, unlocking mysteries that lie beyond the ordinary. His pursuit of spiritual and psychological mastery is unparalleled, as he has studied extensively in Traditional Chinese Medicine, Esoteric Tao, Yoga, Kung Fu, Qi Gong, and Tai Chi. His transformative experiences include Ayahuasca retreats, 11-day fasting journeys, Holotropic breathing retreats, and Hellinger Therapy sessions. Andy's mission is to guide and empower empaths on their spiritual journeys, helping them not just survive but thrive in their quest for self-realisation and sustainable solutions. Tune in now to know more about his mission with our host Payal Nayar.Episodes streaming on Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Amazon Music or wherever you listen to podcasts and streaming on YouTube.Apple Podcasts: https://buff.ly/2Vf8vv8Spotify: https://buff.ly/2Vf8uHA⠀-Original music credit: Rish Sharma.His music is available on Spotify, Apple Music, YouTube and other streaming platforms.-October2019 voicesandmore Pte Ltd All rights reservedDo support the show with reviews, shares and a one time donation to help bring you a lot more important content.https://www.paypal.com/paypalme/meltingpotcollective Become a member at https://plus.acast.com/s/melting-pot. https://plus.acast.com/s/melting-pot. Hosted on Acast. See acast.com/privacy for more information.

https://renegadehealthboss.com In episode 124, Heather Gray FDN-P sits down with Dr. Patrick K. Porter, a pioneer in the field of brain health and neurotechnology. Dr. Porter shares his journey from growing up with an alcoholic father to becoming a leading figure in brainwave and neurofeedback technology. The conversation covers everything from the early days of biofeedback to the development of the BrainTap device, which has revolutionized brain health. Biohacking and brain hacking at its finest. In this podcast you will discover 00:00 Introduction to the Renegade House Boss Podcast and Dr. Patrick Background 03:16 Early experiences with biofeedback and the development of the first portable light 06:36 The evolution of the BrainTap device and Dr. Patrick decision to keep its name consistent through its iterations. 08:37 Reflecting on the impact of early brainwave technology and Dr. Patrick experiences teaching the Silva Method. 13:40 Dr. Patrick explains trauma affects brain structure and function, particularly the amygdala, hippocampus, and prefrontal cortex. 15:03 The analogy of neurological lock and its effect on accessing memory and knowledge during stress or trauma. 16:00 How light instructs our cells to regulate every 40 seconds, and how our perception of challenges affects this process. 17:05 A look at how emotions drive behavior, especially in survival mode, and the importance of expanding consciousness to improve health. 18:21 Explanation of how trauma impacts the brain, potentially leading to chronic pain and emotional wounds that manifest in physical illness. 21:18 Critique of traditional psychological methods and the importance of creating new neurological patterns to overcome past traumas. 24:01 The role of neuroplasticity in healing trauma and the necessity of practices like gratitude and forgiveness in reprogramming the brain. 26:12 Overview of how the Brain Tap device uses light, sound, and vibration to stimulate healing and improve brain function. 29:20 Insights from a study showing the benefits of taking a 20-minute brain break in the afternoon, resulting in improved productivity and mood. 31:31 Emphasis on incorporating ancient practices with modern biohacking techniques. To Get BioMed: Contact Dr. Drobot here https://thebiomedcenter.com/ Tel:480-614-5820 Only contact the Scottsdale location To get CAROL Bike Click here https://carolbike.com/ use code RHB to get $100 off The CAROL Bike offers a 100-day return policy. A full refund, buy with confidence. Guest Bio: Dr. Patrick K. Porter, PhD, is the Founder of BrainTap® and a pioneer in neuropsychology, dedicated to improving brain health. His work challenges the notion that intelligence is fixed, revealing the brain's ability to change and grow. BrainTap offers over 1800 audio sessions in 12 languages, transforming lives globally. Featured in major media outlets, Dr. Porter has received numerous awards, including the 2020 IAFNR Lifetime Achievement Award, for his contributions to brain-based wellness. To learn more about Dr. Patrick K. Porter : https://drpatrickporter.com/ Get your Brain Tap here : www.braintap.com Get healthier food into your diet with these easy, yummy, fast meals today! Get more energy, less brain fog, and LESS pain when you start eating a low-inflammatory diet Download your free video series Real Cooking For Real Life here. https://renegadehealthboss.com/real-cooking-for-real-life-recipe-book/ #RenegadeHealthBoss #BrainHealth #Neuroplasticity #BrainTraining #MindsetMatters #Biohacking #MentalWellness #BrainOptimization #WellnessJourney #BrainTap #NeuroScience #youarenotcrazy #Wellbeing #itsnotinyourhead #MindfulLiving #thelymeboss #thereishope #thelymeboss --- Support this podcast: https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/renegadehealthboss/support

What up, Beasts? Welcome back to the show. Today I am hanging out with A.G. Billig. A.G. is a bestselling author, thought leader, motivational speaker, and life coach. As the founder of The Project of Love, she utilizes her advanced training in NLP, Silva Method, and life coaching to guide women on a transformational journey that empowers them to love themselves, love what they do, and love who they are. As always, I hope something lands with you today. I hope something you hear tugs on your heart-strings and/or I hope you laugh. Music by Prymary: Sean Entrikin (my hot husband) on guitar, Chris Quirarte on drums, Smiley Sean on keyboards, Rob Young on bass, and Jaxon Duane on vocals Connect with A.G.! Self-Love Boost: https://agbillig.com/self-love-boost/ Books: https://www.amazon.com/stores/A.G.-Billig/author/B016F1MKRS? Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/agbilligauthor YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@agbillig Mentions: Backwards Bike Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MFzDaBzBlL0  Where can you find me? Website: beautifulbeastwithin.com Instagram: ⁠https://www.instagram.com/beautiful_beast_within/⁠ Facebook: ⁠https://www.facebook.com/BeautifulBeastWithin⁠ YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4yNE6fXeDH9IsUoWfOf0pg Podcast: beautifulbeastwithin.com/unveilingthebeastpodcast To book a FREE 60 minute coaching session with me, go to ⁠beautifulbeastwithin.com⁠ Click on the big purple button, and book your appointment! Unveil the Beautiful Beast Within YOU! Zoom Background: By Behr --- Support this podcast: https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/beautiful-beast-within/support

S2EP28 Transform through Hypnosis with Glenn Rottmann You may have seen today's guest on a commercial for a popular US fast food restaurant. We are talking with Glenn Rottmann a certified hypnotherapist who has worked with many celebrities. Glenn will be discussing using hypnotherapy to treat addictions and trauma as well as talking about the future of hypnotherapy. Glenn Rottmann C.Ht. is a certified Hypnotherapist, NLP practitioner, captivating public speaker, skilled pilot and accomplished success coach. His mesmerizing work with pop icon celebrities and his role as the Hypnotist in Carl's Jr and Hardee's commercials have made him one of the most viewed Hypnotists on the internet. Glenn's journey began with formal training and certifications from HMI College of Hypnotherapy, the country's first nationally accredited college in this field. His early exposure to the Silva Method in self-hypnosis during high school ignited his passion for self-improvement and eventually led him to become a Certified Hypnotherapist.

Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In episode 342, we continue our 18-week self-leadership series inspired by Grant Bosnick's book, diving deep into Chapter 13, which focuses on the neuroscience of agility. Join Andrea Samadi as she explores how physical and mental agility play critical roles in our ability to handle sudden changes and stressors. Discover practical strategies to enhance your mental agility, build resilience, and thrive in the face of adversity. This episode not only highlights the importance of maintaining physical fitness but also delves into the science behind mental flexibility. Learn how to identify and manage your stressors, strengthen your neural pathways, and become anti-fragile in both your personal and professional life. Stay tuned for insights from neuroscientist Tara Swart and actionable tips to improve your brain's agility, ensuring you are better prepared to navigate life's challenges. Don't miss this enlightening episode and the upcoming interview with Dr. Sui Wong on resilience! On today's episode #342 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant's book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. So far, it's taken us 8 months to cover the first 13 chapters thoroughly, and we still have 6 chapters to go.  After this week on agility, we have chapter 14 on resilience, 15 on relationships and authenticity, 16 on biases, 17 on trust, 18 on empathy and the final chapter 19 (and one of my target areas to focus on this year), the topic of presence. When we finish each of these chapters, we will put them all together, with a review of each one, in one place. It really has surprised me that a thorough study of this book will take the entire year to complete. On today's EPISODE #342 we will cover: ✔ The Neuroscience of Mental and Physical Agility ✔ An overview of our personal and professional stressors ✔ Why being antifragile can help us overcome life's obstacles and challenges ✔ Characteristics of an Agile Brain ✔ 6 Pathways of an Agile Brain ✔ 4 STEPS to Developing an Agile Brain for Future Problem Solving Success For Today, EPISODE #342, we are moving on to Chapter 13, covering “The Neuroscience of Agility” which came out as a low priority for me with the with 0% (Pathway 5) along with Change and Resilience. If you've taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Agility (in Pathway 5) along with change and resilience, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was surprised to see this topic showing up with a low priority, not because this topic is something that I don't think about daily, but it was when I read the first few paragraphs of Grant Bosnick's chapter 13, on Agility, where I was reminded that we are talking about physical agility, in addition to mental agility, and as I'm getting older, I notice this area requires extra effort to stay on top of. While the self-assessment says this is not an area of focus for me, it's one of my TOP priorities at the moment. Grant Bosnick opens up this chapter by talking about a basketball player who pivots by “maintaining one foot having contact with the ground without changing its position on the floor and utilizes the other foot to rotate their body to improve position while in possession of the basketball. In life and business, when we are faced with a change or challenge immediately in front of us (Bosnick says) it is the same.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). He reminds us that “in basketball, to be agile and pivot, a player needs to be physically fit and have strong ankles, otherwise they may injure themselves in the moment of stopping suddenly. Reading this paragraph took me back to my 20s when I was a teacher in Toronto. I loved basketball. So much so that I spent some of my weekends being trained as a basketball coach where I learned drills directly from one of the Toronto Raptor's coaches themselves. I remember taking these drills to a boy's PE class, and watched in amazement at the skill of these young men, playing a sport, where I honestly thought there were players in that PE class who should have gone pro. I watched them pivot, and move in ways that I knew I never could. One student worked with me after class, trying to teach me to walk and pass the ball through my legs at the same time, and after an hour, I just gave up. It took these young athletes many years of practice outside of their gym time to develop these skills. Thinking back now, to those days, a few decades later, I know that while I don't have the same physical agility as I did years ago, and I definitely can't walk and pass a basketball through my legs at the same time, I still put exercise at the top of my list, and know that when I put in the time here, this helps (not hurts) my ability to pivot maybe not like those basketball players, but enough to be prepared physically, to handle sudden change that inevitably will come my way in life. And while I know that we can't all be at the same level physically, (depending on the amount of time we can dedicate here) we ALL have the same advantage when it comes to the ability to strengthen our mental agility. This is where Grant Bosnick takes us in his book, reminding us that “in business or life, when we are faced with a challenge or a change that makes us stop suddenly in our course of action. At that moment, we need to have mental agility to be strong in that moment… (reminding us that) we all face stressors and challenges in life. We need to push through, adapt and thrive in the moment, so that we can pivot, see the opportunities and come out even stronger on the other side.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 145) Stressors and Triggers Bosnick covers “various stressors or triggers that may cause us to stop our course of action (with) ways to improve our mental agility and ability to pivot.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 145). On Table 13.1 Bosnick lists common stressors in the workplace, in our personal lives and I think he's got ALL of the stressors covered. I looked at what is currently stressing me out (in my work and personal life) and they are ALL on Bosnick's list in some form. I think that it's easy to get overwhelmed with work and personal stressors, that I even forgot about daily stressors like traffic, or road closures, not having enough time for the daily exercise, or things that are important to us, or those days where I fall short on sleep, and know I'll pay for it somehow. Bosnick does tie chapter 9 on emotion regulation into this chapter, with strategies to overcome our daily life stress, and when we look at the Neuroscience of Mental Agility next, we will connect emotion regulation with a strategy from Tara Swart, MD, PhD, a neuroscientist and author of The Source: The Secrets of the Universe, the Science of the Brain for improving and strengthening our neural pathways, to improve our brain agility (or mental agility). Before we can strengthen our mental agility, it helps to know what is stressing us out. I was actually talking about this during the week with one of my good friends from high school. We throw ideas back and forth, and I mentioned that as certain stressors were piling up in my daily life, I was getting to the “end of my rope with them.” She gave me a good analogy, and shared that we can pile up all of our stressors on a book shelf, until we reach our breaking point, and the book shelf breaks. I think it's good to be aware of our breaking points, and how much we can handle at once.  Bosnick suggests an activity where we identify all of our stressors. IDENTIFYING OUR STRESSORS First, look at the stressors on Bosnick's list, (Table 13.1) and see if you can identify what is stressing you out. I think these days we can also circle workload, and lack of time in our work day, and I've circled injury with my girls who are both facing injuries from competitive gymnastics at the moment. Look and see what your stressors are. Bosnick suggests next to uncover the magnitude of these stressors by rating them on a scale of 1-5. Here's where our mental agility comes into play. Bosnick introduces three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[iii] where there are three types of systems, organizations or people.  The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile. The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before? The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. When we face challenges, changes and stressors, we need to become antifragile in the process according to Grant Bosnick. He also mentions resilience that we will cover next in chapter 14, and have covered this topic often on this podcast[iv] with EP 135 “Using Recovery to Become Resilient to Physical, Mental and Emotional Stressors.” This episode came from some of the biggest AHA moment from EPISODE #134[v] with Kristen Holmes, the VP of Performance Science of WHOOP[i], a wearable personal fitness and health coach that measures sleep, strain, and recovery. Bosnick, in chapter 13 cover specifically how to grow from adversity, sustaining our peak performance, and that what we want to take away from this chapter is how to “train our brain to be antifragile in order to be more agile in the moment when we face challenges or stressors.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 149) HOW DO WE IMPROVE OUR PHYSICAL AND MENTAL AGILITY? Bosnick does talk about the importance of maintaining “a healthy lifestyle, with proper amounts of sleep, food, water and physical fitness. This will increase your energy and mental alertness” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 151) so that when something comes our way, unexpectedly, we can be better prepared, or more agile which will help us to be “prepared to withstand the shock.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 150). He also talks about the importance of taking the time to rest and recover by going for a walk, practicing yoga, or meditating. We've gone deep into the Top 6 Health Staples Scientifically Proven to Boost Our Physical and Mental Health[vi] that will provide us with the mental strength “to withstand our stressors in the first place, just like a basketball player needs to have physical strength to withstand the sudden stop.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 150). Bosnick also suggests “yet another way to improve our mental well-being and strength is to find meaning in what we do (and that) by aligning personal meaning and doing what matters most, we will create a focus and a source of energy that can help us cut through a lot of the chaos. We did cover this topic with Chapter 2 on Goals[vii] and Chapter 3 Inspiration and Motivation[viii]. Bosnick does cover more strategies in Chapter 13 including overshooting, mental self-talk, and the importance of anticipating the future with examples that I know we've mentioned before on this podcast, with neuroscientist Friederike Fabritius, who wrote about Wayne Gretsky's ability to think ahead of the hockey puck. Bosnick shares that “Wayne Gretsky, the greatest ice hockey player in history, once said “I don't go where the puck is; I go where the puck will be.” And this, Bosnick reminds us “is what we need to think in order to get through these stressors or obstacles and find the opportunities on the other side.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 156) anticipating and directing ourselves to where we want to be. Bosnick has us think of ways that we can adapt and manage ourselves through change, urging us to overshoot to strengthen our mental muscles which can endure more than we think, with strategies that include learning to become more optimistic. It was here that I wondered what else could we learn about the neuroscience of agility (specifically mental agility where we all have the same ability, since we all have a brain) and I wondered if there was a way that would allow us to use our brain to work FOR us, rather than against us, and the answer came when I found Tara Swart MD, PhD, a neuroscientist and author of The Source: The Secrets of the Universe, the Science of the Brain. The answer came to me with her definition of “Mental Agility.” What Is Mental Agility? Tara Swart opens up her book, The Source, with a paragraph written by Charles Haanel, from 1919, (you can tell from the language that this was written over 100 years ago) in her Epigraph that reads: “Some men seem to attract success, power, wealth, attainment with very little conscious effort; while others conquer with great difficulty; still others fail altogether to reach their ambitions, desires and ideals. Why is this so? The cause cannot be physical…hence mind must be the creative force, must constitute the sole difference between men. It is mind which overcomes environment and every other obstacle...” Tara Swart says that “Mental agility is the ability to switch between tasks and between different ways of thinking, such as logical, emotional, creative, intuitive, physical, or motivational.” She says that mental agility “also enhances the way you respond to stress and your capacity to keep multiple options open, allowing you to make your thoughts and emotions work for you during challenging tactical or physical events.” In many ways, mental agility boils down to being flexible and not so hard on yourself, whether life gets in the way of your goals (like with any of the stressors from Bosnick's list) or you encounter personal slip-ups in your day to day life. We've all been there, but how we persevere through all of this is a sign of mental agility.  Tara Swart wrote this book to offer an up-to-date, scientifically backed method for retraining the brain to direct our actions and emotions to lead us towards our deepest dreams and goals. She shows us how to take control of our own brain, and this powerful understanding took her nine years of college, seven years of practicing psychiatry and ten years of being an executive coach to get to this point. In chapter 5 of The Source, Swart lists an activity to help us to improve our Mental (Brain) Agility by learning to “nimbly switch between different ways of thinking.” (Chapter 5, The Source, Page 109). Swart reminds us that we are all “perfectly capable to assessing more of our brain power more of the time. We don't because we don't realize how brilliant, flexible, and agile our brain can be.” (Chapter 5, The Source, Page 109). DID YOU KNOW THAT “an agile brain is one where each of our neural pathways is adequately developed?” An agile brain Swart says can: Focus intensely and efficiently on one task at a time Think in many different ways about the same situation or problem Switch gradually between these different ways of thinking Fuse ideas from differing cognitive pathways to create integrated solutions Think in a balanced way, rather than thinking rigidly (or logical) for example. What is Swart's Whole-Brain Approach to Brain Agility? (IMAGE CREDIT: Credit by Andrea Samadi from Chapter 3, Brain Agility, The Source, Tara Swart). Swart lists 6 ways of thinking that correlate with a simplified version of that neural pathway in the brain. HOW AGILE IS YOUR BRAIN? Swart next suggests that we try this activity to see how agile (or balanced) our brain is to see where our strengths are, as well as areas for improvement. STEP 1: Draw a circle in a notebook, and give yourself 100% to start of with in the center with “Your Source” STEP 2: Draw the arms for each of the 6 areas that correlate with brain agility. Emotions, Physicality, Intuition, Motivation, Logic and Creativity. STEP 3: Call to mind one of your stressors (personal, or work) and rate how much of your brain power went towards each area. STEP 4: Look to see how effectively you draw from your brain's resources during times of stress. Did you allocate more energy to certain areas, and less to others? Swart reminds us that we don't need to have balance in all areas, but it's important to “feel strong enough in all the pathways, as well as knowing what your key strengths are.” (Ch 3, The Source, Page 115). EXAMPLE: From Andrea: You can see my example in the show notes with a sports injury with both my children that is definitely one of my stressors. INTUITION 50% While dealing with anything stressful, I notice that I go straight to my intuition first. Before was even told about each of my daughter's injuries, I could tell by looking at their facial expressions, and body language that the injuries were important for me to take seriously. PHYSICALITY 20% Once I have the intuitive feeling, next I'll feel something in the pit of my stomach that tells me (to go straight to the ER) or whether we can wait the injury out with some time. EMOTIONS 10% While I'm always working on mastering my emotions, it's impossible for me to hide what I'm feeling. When I'm serious, you will see it on my face. CREATIVITY 10% Next I'm thinking of ways to solve the problem, (the injury) and what we will need to do for a speedy recovery. MOTIVATION 5% This pathways keeps me focused on the end result LOGIC 5% I don't need to get x-rays or wait for a doctor to tell me the results. While I know that my husband would lean this way first, I rely on different pathways in the brain while under pressure. If you can take ONE of your stressors, and do this activity, you will learn what pathways in your brain are your strengths. Most people, Swart says have 2 or 3 pathways that they favor, 2 they draw on while under pressure and 2 they don't use much, if at all. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude this week's episode #342 on “The Neuroscience of Agility” we looked at Chapter 13 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership uncovering our top work, personal and everyday life stressors. Next, we rated our stressors on a scale of 1-5 to uncover the magnitude of what stresses us out on a daily basis. We looked at three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[ix] where there are three types of systems, organizations or people. The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile. The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before? The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. We learned that when we face challenges, changes and stressors, we want to become antifragile in the process so that we grow from adversity, and become stronger in the process. Finally, we looked at Mental Agility, with Tara Swart's whole-brain approach from her book, The Source, by taking one of our stressors, and rating how much of our brain power we use while problem solving. I highly encourage this activity to notice which pathways you favor during problem solving, which ones you go to while under pressure and which ones you don't use at all. The goal with this episode was to show us that while physical agility is important, it's our mental agility that some, like Charles Haanel, from 1919, believe “overcomes environment and every other obstacle.” While I will always keep the TOP 6 health staples at the top of my mind to improve my physical agility, I'll end this episode with a quote from our ALL-TIME most listened to episode from November 2022 on “Applying the Silva Method for Improved Creativity, Intuition and Focus”[x] that has now over 9K downloads. I hope you have found some valuable insights in this episode, and we will see you next week, with an interview with neuroscientist Dr. Sui Wong, and then chapter 14 on resilience. See you next week. REFERENCES: [i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iii] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680   [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #135 “Using Recovery to Become Resilient to Physical, Mental and Emotional Stressors”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-recovery-to-become-resilient-to-physical-mental-and-emotional-stressors/   [v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #134 with Kristen Holmes, VP of Performance Science of WHOOP.com on “Unlocking a Better You: Measuring Sleep, Recovery and Strain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE “Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/   [vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Our 2024 Goals”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/   [viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration and Motivation”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/   [ix] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680   [x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 “Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/        

This is an amazing chapter written by Robert B Stone and Jose Silva that explains the silva method. This is written with the intention of helping business managers but it ends up being one of the best summaries of the silva method. What I find amazing about the silva method is that this is a scientific step by step form of meditation that creates real practical results in creating powerful states of consciousness and can be used to master telepathic communication and aids in efficiently manifesting and exponentially increasing the effectiveness of visualization and manifestation methods.In addition to that. Twenty-five years ago the world lost Robert B. Stone, author of some 80 books on self-help and harnessing mental abilities for self-help, passed away on January 5, 1999. This is another powerful chapter from Robert B Stone from his book life without limits Please visit www.robertbstone.com for a FREE PDF COPY of the Richness Of Mind Below are the books available in paperback and e-book editions. Several are available as audiobooks and you can hear excerpts of many on YouTube. For more information and a complete list of books by Robert B. Stone, please visit www.robertbstone.com 1. The Magic of Psychotronic Power https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0722FNLZ92. The Power of Miracle Metaphysics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08HQ7KYD63. The Silva Mind Control Method for Getting Help from the Other Sidehttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B08JH4LMJ64. How to Gain Strength from Nature Sitting in Your Living Roomhttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C7U3QS85. Hypno-Cybernetics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08R3ZP2296. Life Without Limits https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08J4274P57. The Complete Book of Life-Changing Affirmationshttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C6W6MEC Dr. Stone was an internationally known lecturer on the human potential. He taught for many years at the University of Hawaii on activating the powers of the mind. A MENSA member and graduate of MIT, Dr. Stone was elected to the New York Academy of Science. A Silva Method lecturer for 20 years and Ambassador-at-Large, he introduced the Silva Method to five nations and was honored with many Silva awards. 

Welcome to the Personal Development Trailblazers Podcast! In this episode, we explore strategies, insights, and practical techniques designed to help you tap into the full potential of your mind. Manish Patel is a dynamic and eloquent public speaker, educator, Life-coach, and trainer. Building on over two decades of training and experience as an Occupational/Hand Therapist, collegiate-level adjunct professor, Certified Ergonomist, and a practicing transformational life coach, he excels in compassionately helping people transform their lives in powerful ways. Using evidence-based research and scientifically proven techniques as a starting point, Manish takes clients on a journey of self-discovery, passionately leading them with practical applications of The Silva Method instruction and coaching. Born in India, raised in the United Kingdom through young adulthood, and refined in the United States of America, Manish considers himself fortunate and blessed to have witnessed and experienced national diversity. This rich background allows him to connect and resonate with diverse cultures, ages, and life experiences.  For Manish, self-empowerment and self mind control truly unlocks the essence of the mind's potential, with the science and research backing him, allowing him to coach and instruct these deep mental facets, with integrity and confidence. Connect with Manish here: Instagram: @mindset_coach_manish Email: manish@silvamindset.com Linked in: linkedin.com/in/manish-patel-370298263 www.silvamindset.com Grab the freebie here: free empowerment conscious intro zoom call:  email manish@silvamindset.com or Dm on instagram/LinkedIn =================================== If you enjoyed this episode, remember to hit the like button and subscribe. Then share this episode with your friends. Thanks for watching the Personal Development Trailblazers Podcast. This podcast is part of the Digital Trailblazer family of podcasts. To learn more about Digital Trailblazer and what we do to help entrepreneurs, go to DigitalTrailblazer.com. Are you a coach, consultant, expert, or online course creator? Then we'd love to invite you to our FREE Facebook Group where you can learn the best strategies to land more high-ticket clients and customers.  Request to join here:  https://www.facebook.com/groups/profitablecoursecreators QUICK LINKS:  APPLY TO BE FEATURED: https://app.digitaltrailblazer.com/podcast-guest-application GET MORE CLIENTS: https://app.digitaltrailblazer.com/client-acquisition-accelerator-pdf DIGITAL TRAILBLAZER: https://digitaltrailblazer.com/ JOIN OUR FREE FACEBOOK GROUP: https://www.facebook.com/groups/profitablecoursecreators

You may have seen today's guest on a commercial for a popular US fast food restaurant.   We are talking with Glenn Rottmann a certified hypnotherapist who has worked with many celebrities.  Glenn will be discussing using hypnotherapy to treat addictions and trauma as well as talking  about the future of hypnotherapy.   Glenn Rottmann C.Ht. is a certified Hypnotherapist, NLP practitioner, captivating public speaker, skilled pilot and accomplished success coach. His mesmerizing work with pop icon celebrities and his role as the Hypnotist in Carl's Jr and Hardee's commercials have made him one of the most viewed Hypnotists on the internet.   Glenn's journey began with formal training and certifications from HMI College of Hypnotherapy, the country's first nationally accredited college in this field. His early exposure to the Silva Method in self-hypnosis during high school ignited his passion for self-improvement and eventually led him to become a Certified Hypnotherapist.   #voicesofcourage #kendfoster #GlennRottmann #Hypnotherapist   Website: glennrottmann.com Instagram: instagram.com/hypno_glenn   Full Episode (Youtube): https://youtu.be/QxGkf5HOaQ0   Youtube: youtube.com/@voicesofcourageshow Spotify: https://shorturl.at/beNwR Apple Podcast: https://shorturl.at/rmROg Facebook: facebook.com/VoicesofCourageRadio Instagram: instagram.com/voicesofcourage.us Twitter: twitter.com/KennethFoster Linkedin: linkedin.com/in/kendfoster Voices of Courage: voicesofcourage.us Ken D Foster: kendfoster.com  

Did you know that the key to unlocking your full potential is hidden within your own body and mind? 
 Imagine having the power to rewrite your life story, heal from seemingly impossible odds, and achieve success beyond your wildest dreams. Today's guest, Jen Barber, did just that. 
 In this captivating episode, Jen reveals how she combined cutting-edge somatic techniques with the ancient art of visualization to not only heal cancer but to completely transform her life.  
 She takes us on a journey through the landscape of the mind-body connection, revealing how visualization and somatic techniques can transform not just our health but our entire lives.  
 In this podcast episode, Jen takes us through: - Hanna Somatics and its impact on Jen's recovery from injury and cancer. - The importance of listening to subtle body signals and addressing discomfort early. - Different brain wave states and their role in healing and personal growth. - Using visualization to communicate with the subconscious and reprogram beliefs. - The significance of cooperating with your body during treatment. - Jen's remarkable recovery: recent tests showing zero detectable cancer cells. - How past traumas and emotional experiences can be stored in the body. - Using Hanna Somatics to release traumas and past emotional experiences. - Her definition of success: authentic self-expression without limiting beliefs. And so much more! 
 Jen is a seasoned Success Guide dedicated to illuminating your path to personal growth and empowering you to step into your greatness. With over two decades of experience in personal development, she brings a multifaceted approach to her practice that inspires and transforms. 
 Jen's certifications in The Silva Method, Reiki, NLP, hypnosis, and Aromapoint therapy allow her to seamlessly blend these powerful modalities into a unique tapestry of techniques that catalyze profound change. Her gentle yet effective guidance focuses on uncovering and rewriting deep-seated narratives, liberating you from self-limiting beliefs and unlocking your full potential. 
 Her own journey, marked by triumph over stage 4 breast cancer using the very tools she teaches, has fueled her unwavering commitment to supporting others on their healing and personal evolution paths. This profound experience inspires her compassionate and empowering approach to guiding others. 
 Jen works closely with clients on a one-to-one basis, offering personalized guidance and holding sacred space for your transformative journey. Her YouTube channel, Expand Your Greatness, shares guided meditations and visualization techniques, extending her support to a global audience. 
 With a wealth of knowledge, a compassionate presence, and deep reverence for the human spirit, Jen stands as a beacon, ready to illuminate your path to self-discovery and actualization. Connect with Jen and embark on the courageous journey toward your greatest self. 
 Contact: jen@jenbarber.com Expand Your Greatness FB Community https://www.facebook.com/groups/ExpandYourGreatnessCommunity 
 YouTube Channel https://www.youtube.com/@expandyourgreatness 
 FB Personal Link 
 https://www.facebook.com/jennifer.desaubarber?mibextid=LQQJ4d IG https://www.instagram.com/jenbarber__ Follow Aimee Takaya on: IG : @aimeetakaya Facebook : Aimee Takaya Learn more about Aimee Takaya, Hanna Somatic Education, and The Radiance Program at www.freeyoursoma.com --- Support this podcast: https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/aimee322/support

In the tapestry of today's episode, we are honored to welcome Lisa Campion, a radiant beacon in the realms of psychic development and Reiki healing. Her life, a journey woven with spiritual gifts and profound experiences, offers a treasure trove of wisdom and insight.As we traverse through Lisa's childhood memories, we are transported to a time when being psychic was a silent, solitary path. Born in the 60s and growing up in the 70s and 80s, Lisa recounts a world where discussing psychic abilities was taboo, often leading to social isolation or worse. "I learned early on to be really quiet about what I was experiencing," she reflects, highlighting the stark contrast between the past and the present's more accepting and resourceful environment.Lisa's psychic journey began with her first memories, vividly recalling her crib surrounded by light beings. These early experiences, though isolating, were filled with a sense of spiritual intervention and guidance. Her childhood was marked by interactions with spirits and a haunting realization at a young age that she possessed abilities others did not. Despite the lack of information and support, Lisa navigated her way through these challenges, guided by an inner resilience and the occasional serendipitous encounter with enlightened teachers.One pivotal moment in Lisa's life was meeting Maharishi Yogi during a Transcendental Meditation initiation at the age of ten. His acknowledgment of her gifts and the subsequent encouragement became a cornerstone of her spiritual path. This encounter, coupled with her parents' open-mindedness despite their lack of concrete answers, provided a unique environment for Lisa to explore and understand her abilities.Lisa's teenage years were further enriched by her involvement in Silva Mind Control, now known as Silva Method, which offered her structured psychic training. A moment of epiphany occurred when she watched the movie "Poltergeist," realizing that being a professional psychic was a viable path. This revelation ignited a lifelong passion for the paranormal and horror genres, serving as a bridge to understanding her own experiences.As an adult, Lisa seamlessly blended her psychic abilities with therapeutic skills, becoming a therapist and integrating Reiki into her practice. "I was sort of saved by the New Age," she muses, reflecting on how the dawn of this era in the 80s provided the resources and validation she had long sought. Her development as a professional psychic in the late 80s marked the beginning of a career dedicated to helping others awaken and harness their own spiritual gifts.SPIRITUAL TAKEAWAYSTrust in Your Inner Gifts: Lisa's journey emphasizes the importance of trusting and nurturing one's innate abilities, even when societal norms may not support them.Seek Knowledge and Community: The transition from isolation to empowerment in Lisa's life underscores the value of seeking knowledge and building a supportive community around one's spiritual journey.Be of Service: Lisa's path reflects a profound dedication to being of service to others, using her gifts to help awaken and heal those around her.In this profound conversation, Lisa shares her vision of the future, foreseeing a time of deconstruction and chaos as outdated systems crumble. She believes we are on the cusp of rebuilding these systems with greater beauty, harmony, and order. Her optimism shines through as she envisions a world where spiritual awakening and collective consciousness pave the way for a more compassionate and interconnected humanity.Lisa's insights into psychic Reiki reveal how combining psychic development with Reiki healing can enhance one's ability to serve others. She stresses the importance of training and practice in developing these gifts, advocating for a holistic approach to spiritual growth.As our dialogue draws to a close, we are left with a sense of hope and inspiration. Lisa's unwavering faith in humanity's potential to choose light over darkness, coupled with her practical wisdom, offers a guiding star for all who seek to navigate the complexities of modern life with a spiritual compass.Please enjoy my conversation with Lisa Campion.Become a supporter of this podcast: https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/next-level-soul-podcast-with-alex-ferrari--4858435/support.

What if the voices you hear, the strange ideas or thoughts that pop into your mind and feel foreign, come from the entities surrounding you? It is estimated that each person has from five to twenty entities around them. Of course, only a few of them might mean harm to us, and many of them aren't even aware that they already transitioned.In today's episode, the extraordinary Gosia Lorenz uncovers her magic and takes us on a fascinating journey into the world of entities. Born and raised in Poland, Gosia grew up in a house with walls covered by books. She read her eyes out about the magical and metaphysical realm, life after death, holistic healing methods, astrology, and numerology. Gosia traveled the world, lived in seven countries on three different continents, and honed her spiritual skills by learning about the Silva Method, Reiki, Body Talks System, EFT, Energetic Synthesis of Being and Structural Embodiment, Meditation, Yoga, Talk To The Entities™, and more.Throughout this episode, Gosia takes us back to her childhood when she started reading and learning about the spiritual realm and how being exposed to metaphysical knowledge at the age of five changed her life. You'll also learn about the fascinating world of entities; Gosia explains how entities get into our lives and how to spot them, discover how they affect us, and what we can do to uninvite them from our lives.Tune in to episode 221 of Uncover Your Magic and learn more about how to be at peace with the entities around you and live a life of radiant joy with total ease.In This Episode, You Will Learn:About Gosia's early connection with the metaphysical world (13:00)Gosia talks about the link between mental health and entities (20:10)Gosia warns us about the false entities of light (33:40)We need to remember how powerful we are (38:20)Most entities don't even know they transitioned (44:00)Gosia talks about demonic presences (48:30)Why we must zoom out from the things that feel too much for us (59:00)Connect with Gosia Lorenz:WebsiteInstagramYouTubeFacebookLet's Connect!WebsiteFacebookInstagramKeywords: Joy of Living - Mental Health and Entities - Gosia Lorenz Hosted on Acast. See acast.com/privacy for more information.

In this episode, Dr. Tami Patzer talks with Ken Coscia, the international training director for the Silva Method. Ken is an expert in Life Mastery and has been transforming lives globally through the Silva Method for more than 53 years.Ken's journey with the Silva Method is truly inspiring. From struggling as a D student to becoming a straight-A student, and then teaching his mother how to heal herself from chronic illnesses, Ken has a wealth of experience and insights to share. His practical, easy-to-understand approach has empowered more than 200,000 people worldwide.During the interview, Ken discusses the road map to Life Mastery, sharing incredible stories of transformation. He explains the four key skills that the Silva Method helps develop: the ability to manage your energy, Clarity of purpose and goals, rewiring your nervous system, and accessing your intuition and higher consciousness.This episode is a must-listen for anyone looking to take their life to the next level. Whether you're a high performer, a business manager, a coach, or simply someone seeking personal growth, the Silva Method can provide the tools and insights you need to thrive. Ken's decades of experience and his passion for helping others make him a truly unique and valuable resource.Listeners will walk away with practical exercises and strategies they can implement immediately to boost their productivity, find solutions to challenges, and manifest their desired outcomes. Ken's guidance on managing stress, cultivating Clarity, and tapping into your intuitive abilities can be life-changing.To learn more about Ken Coscia and the Silva Method, visit silvamethodct.com or reach out to Ken directly. He is regularly conducting 4-day immersion programs in Chicago, Connecticut, and other locations, providing in-depth training and support to help individuals unlock their full potential.Don't miss this opportunity to hear from a true pioneer in the field of personal transformation. Ken Coscia's wealth of experience and his passion for empowering others make this episode a must-listen for anyone seeking to master their life.Source: https://businessinnovatorsradio.com/ken-coscia-road-map-to-life-mastery-with-the-silva-method

Today's episode is all about the concept of intention based manifestation. Join us as we talk about everything from Bob Proctor, The Silva Method, New Thought, Mitch Horowitz and his 30 day mental challenge and so much more. We are super into this topic because not only does it work, and we give you the examples to prove it, but give you some solid tactics and strategies that you can try out for yourself. Don't worry, despite us getting weirdly sincere in this episode we also made sure to keep some humor in the mix. Also, since we don't mention it in the episode if you try any of this stuff out and it works please let us know by writing us at wizard@dorfyou.com. Now get your mind ready and manifest me to shut up and start the episode.Bob Proctor MeditationMitch Horowitz: 30 Day Mental Challenge

Welcome to the HypnoGeeks Podcast episode 14! In this episode, I am thrilled to introduce Albert Vigil, a passionate advocate for self-improvement and holistic healing. Albert is certified in the Silva Method and Reiki levels 1 and 2, and is currently pursuing advanced education in clinical medical hypnotherapy, mind-body psychology, neurobiology, and neurochemistry. His dedication to understanding profound healing modalities extends to biology, biochemistry, and psychology.In this episode, we'll dive into the transformative power of the Silva Method, a pioneering self-help programme developed by José Silva in the 1960s. The Silva Method focuses on enhancing mental abilities and personal well-being through deep relaxation, meditation, and visualization techniques. By learning to enter a relaxed state of mind known as the "alpha level," practitioners can tap into heightened creativity and problem-solving skills. The programme also emphasizes positive thinking, affirmations, and intuition development, empowering individuals to reprogramme their subconscious minds for success. Through goal setting, mental rehearsal, and mind-body healing techniques, the Silva Method provides a comprehensive approach to achieving personal and professional goals, reducing stress, and fostering overall health and happiness. Albert is not only an aspiring author but also a committed educator, developing community programmes to spread awareness about the benefits of self-help and motivational education. Join us as we explore how The Silva Method, clinical medical hypnotherapy and self-directed methods can empower us to become our best selves, thrive in life, and feel good. Discover the secrets to living the life of your dreams and the transformative power of doing the self-work necessary to achieve it. Tune in and get inspired on the HypnoGeeks Podcast!Want to know more about how to become a Clinical Hypnotherapist check out www.thenortherncollegeofclinicalhypnotherapy.com and discover how you can be a bright light in your community. https://linktr.ee/a1234.vSupport the Show.This podcast is sponsored by The Northern College of Clinical Hypnotherapywww.thenortherncollegeofclinicalhypnotherapy.com

How can embracing life's unexpected turns and tuning into our intuition lead to profound personal transformation and fulfillment?Join the conversation as I sit down with Havilah Malone to learn about her inspiring journey, which exemplifies the true essence of resilience and the art of reinvention. Havilah transitioned from a successful career at Hewlett Packard to remarkable achievements such as acting in HBO's "Insecure" and Super Bowl commercials. Reflecting on my own experience of leaving a stable corporate job, I understand the unexpected turns life can throw at us. We delve into the life-altering impact of intuition, the spiritual awakening from Havilah's ayahuasca experience, and how it inspired her literary pursuits. We also discuss the concept of 'continuous relaunching' and its significance in both our lives. Through this conversation, we hope to encourage you to embrace your transformative journeys and the myriad of new beginnings life presents.Key Highlights- The struggle with identity due to external success and internal intuition.- How the least expected situations can manifest the most unexpected changes for the better.- Discovering that deeper understanding of your purpose.- The importance of honoring oneself and integrity.- Reaching different people through various forms of expression.- Learning to trust and act on intuition.- Creating safe spaces for self-expression.About Our Guest:Havilah Malone is an Executive Producer, Actress, and 3x Best Selling Author on a mission to be a catalyst for positive change in over 2 Billion people's lives. The Inspirational Thought Leader & former Ms. Louisiana Universal has been featured on FOX, NBC, ABC, CBS, Huffington Post and more. Havilah graduated from college at the age of nineteen with two degrees, and went on to manage a $160 Million dollar business for tech giant Hewlett Packard by age 21, while also serving as their On-Air Host on QVC, HSN, Shop at Home TV and America's Store. Havilah has been featured in numerous films, national TV commercials, and known for her roles in HBO'S Barry, Insecure, NCIS: New Orleans, and (4) Super Bowl Commercials. She is also Host of the soon to be released show, "The Executive Producer Podcast."This multi-talented Manifester shares her pillars of success with audiences around the world to help female Creatives and Entrepreneurs multiply their impact and #BeProofOfWhatsPossible.Ms. Malone is a recipient of the NOW (Network of Outstanding Women) 2023 “Artist of Year” Award (for Acting and Producing), the Women's Prosperity Network “She Rocks Award”, and Volunteer Service Award Gold Medal from the President of the United States. Havilah holds several professional accreditations including Master Certified Practitioner of NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming), Silva Method, and Certified Instructor for the Napoleon Hill Foundation.Havilah's #1 Best Selling Books include: “Rewriting A New History: A Spiritual Path to Audacious Authenticity and Healing“, co-Author of the Think & Grow Rich children's classic, “The Amazing Adventures of Oliver Young Napoleon Hill” in collaboration with the Napoleon Hill Foundation, and “How to Become a Publicity Magnet: In Any Market via TV, Radio & Print”.Whether through writing transformational books, speaking on stages, acting on screen, or the development and funding of television and film projects, Havilah's nurturing spirit, inspirational voice and magnetizing personality inspire people to #BeProofOfWhatsPossible.https://www.havilahmalone.com/Connect with Hilary:FacebookLinkedIn

Join us on episode 333 in the 11th season of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. Our mission, as always, is to equip you with actionable, scientifically supported methods to hone social-emotional learning skills, boost productivity and promote overall well-being. This episode continues our 18-week self-leadership series informed by Grant Bosnick's proven strategies. In this installment, we turn our attention to the crucial role of expectations in our lives. Starting off the discussion in the engaging world of Grant Bosnick's book, we dissect the meaning and importance of expectations. We then explore the crucial aspects of emotion regulation, persuasive traits, effective time management, and the vast concept of change. This episode revisits key moments from our previous chapters, ranging from the neuroscience of goals to the significance of hydration on brain performance, AHA moments, creative insights, and more. The highlight of the episode is an in-depth exploration of the science of expectations, underpinned by Grant Bosnick and David Robson's book, 'The Expectation Effect.' Here, we probe the profound influence of positive and negative expectations on our daily life, mindset, goal achievement, and even health. Inspired by teachings from luminary mentors like Bob Proctor, this illuminating exploration of expectations is designed to leave you with a fresh perspective. Stories from an unforgettable seminar 20 years ago bring to life the immense power of expectations. Understanding the neuroscience connections, we further explore dopamine and its correlation with our level of expectations. Practical tips to apply these psychological insights in day-to-day life are provided as we take you on an intellectual journey from theory to practice. Throughout the episode, you will discover how to better regulate your expectations to boost your happiness, productivity, and confidence. This intellectual journey will equip you with the tools to tap into the power of expectation and unlock a better version of yourself. Expect the best and join us to uncover the enormous potential within you. Stay tuned for our next episode, 'The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation', as we continue our intellectual journey. Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives. On today's episode #333 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January.  The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant's book) that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. Today we cover Chapter 8, “The Neuroscience of Expectations” and l look at what Grant Bosnick covers on this topic, as well as a deeper dive into David Robson's book, The Expectation Effect.   We will cover:  ✔  What is the meaning and importance of expectations? ✔  An unforgettable moment when Andrea first encountered the power behind our expectations.  ✔  We will explore the science of expectations to boost your happiness, productivity, and confidence. ✔  3 TIPS for applying The Neuroscience of Expectation to your daily life. ✔  Ideas to trouble-shoot applying this concept, along with belief, to achieve your goals and dreams.  I did need to take a short break from writing and recording since we last covered this book, the end of March, with new responsibilities in my work world. I've got my footing now, and missed researching, recording, and producing these episodes. The benefits that I personally receive from gathering this information, and sharing with it you, the listener, wherever you might be tuning in around the world, helps me in many different ways, but mostly, this work keeps me thinking, and making connections, neural connections, which we all know is important for cognition and learning. I did appreciate the notes from listeners of past episodes they have found helpful, and will continue to provide my best work here. We will resume the final 5 chapters of Grant's book, based on Self-Leadership strategies, covering the topic of expectations today, then emotion regulation, persuade and influence, time management and ending the series with change. Just a reminder that we left off with Chapter 7 on “AHA Moments and Creative Insight.[ii]” There is great power and immense self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I do encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick's Leadership Self-Assessment[iii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium or low level of importance for you to focus on this year. REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 Before we cover Chapter 8 today on Expectations, let's review where we left off, since this is a good reminder for me, to make the connections from these prior episodes. It's here I'm hoping we will take the information we are learning, (from Grant Bosnick's book) connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to our daily life. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast and it's the application of what we are learning that contains the magic. REFLECT Back to Chapter 2 on The Neuroscience of Goals (and Kurt Lewin's Force Field Theory): What are we doing to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance this year? How are we improving our mental and physical health to gain the momentum we talked about in this chapter? Just the fact that you are here listening to this episode, and I'm writing it, is a good indication we are all building this skill. What have you noticed with the momentum you've built with your goals this year? Are you on track? How can you narrow your focus more? REFLECT Back to Chapter 3 on The Neuroscience of Inspiration: How are we using people or places that inspire us, to take our results to greater heights? Think about this as it relates to our physical and mental health. What else can we all do to take more action in this area? I recently connected with someone who caught my attention over 20 years ago, when I worked with athletes at ASU. I remember sitting in front of this one athlete, and just knew he was going somewhere. We are working on the details to have him on the podcast right now, but stay tuned for a future episode on “Diving into the Mindset of a D1 College Athlete, Turned Pro” with Nigerian-American professional basketball player, Ike Diogu. Who are what is inspiring you these days? REFLECT Back to Chapter 4 on The Neuroscience of Mindfulness: Think about where we are in our Mindfulness Journey? Mindfulness, and breathing was listed often in Chapter 4 of Grant Bosnick's book.  How is mindfulness helping us with our physical health? What's interesting to me with this topic, is that the more I continue to study, and look to improve my own areas of weakness (right now I'm looking at how to optimize sleep which is currently my weakest link) and am diving deep into this topic with Dr. Matthew Walker's most recent 6 PART podcast series with Dr. Andrew Huberman.[iv] Mindfulness is a topic that Dr. Walker lists as integral for improving sleep. I'm curious how you are implementing this skill to improve daily results. REFLECT Back to Chapter 5 on The Neuroscience Behind Peak Performance: How are we practicing “getting into our flow?” When do we notice we are in flow the most?  Is it during physical exercise, or meditation? Are we practicing this state to gain 5x more productivity this year? This is a hard one, as getting into this flow state requires practice for me. A month and a half away from this podcast, really did take me out of my flow state here. After recording an interview, and editing, I made many mistakes, or flat out forgot what to do next on the production side. I was rusty, and not in flow. I'd been producing episodes for 5 years, without taking a break, and this break revealed that the skills I'd developed need to be practiced. Use them, or lose them type of idea. This is exactly how my daughters explain what happens to them when they take time away from their sport with an injury. I learned that when we lose this flow, the best way to get it back is to get back to work, as best as we can. One step at a time. What about you? How are you using flow in your daily life? REFLECT BACK to Chapter 6 on The Science Behind our Physical Health: Where we narrowed our focus from a wide and complex field, to something we can implement immediately with “The Hydrated Brain for Improving Our Cognitive Performance.” Midway through the year, I'm thinking “How am I keeping my brain hydrated?” Do I know how much water I'm drinking every day? This is something I've put more emphasis on recently, as we have now introduced an Infrared Sauna to our daily routine, and this requires more water to help eliminate toxins. They recommend drinking 20 ounces of water before using the sauna, since sweating can cause dehydration, and drinking at least a liter (or four 8 ounce glasses of water) afterwards. I did think it was interesting that one of the products I've also been wearing since our interview last year with Dmitri Leonov, who taught us about the Taopatch[v] nanotechnology that also requires an increase in water intake to eliminate toxins. Do you know about how much water you are drinking every day? REFLECT BACK to Chapter 7 on “AHA Moments, Creative Insight and The Brain” where we looked at the book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman. They wrote this book to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor).  We also went back to PART 4 of The Silva Method[vi] on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” where we tapped into (once again) to Dr. Andrew Huberman's research on creativity here, thinking about how we can have more insight to solve problems in our personal and work lives. It's definitely a balancing act, working on implementing ALL of these strategies for an improved 2024. Some of these I've got the hang of, and others (like sleep) are continual works of progress for me. For Today, EPISODE #333, we are moving on to Chapter 8, covering “The Neuroscience Behind Expectations” where we will dive into a topic that I mark as high importance in my life, right up with breathing. When I took my self-assessment, the topic of expectations showed up as low priority for me to focus on this year. Not because it's not important to me, but because I've already made this topic of high importance. Expectations came out for me in the RED category, with a low score of 8% along with goals and time management, that I also put high importance with on a daily basis.  If you've taken the self-assessment, look to see if Expectations are of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. Before looking at Grant Bosnick's thoughts about the topic of expectations, where he begins chapter 8 by asking us “what did you expect?” I had to do some research first, to see what is already out in the world, and there was a lot out there, on the science behind expectations. I first looked at the definition. What does it mean when someone has expectations? Collins Dictionary defined this term to mean “your strong hopes or beliefs that something will happen or that you will get something that you want.”[vii] When I typed “expectations” into Pubmed.gov (a free database of more than 37 million research articles) I saw over 95,000 entries for how expectations can help a person to improve their health and behavioral outcomes, and noticed topics like “unmet expectations[viii]” or even “how expectations modulate pain.”[ix] Before going down the rabbit hole looking to understand the science behind expectations, I found a book called The Expectation Effect: How Your Mindset Can Change Your World[x] by David Robson that I highly recommend. He covers a “journey through cutting-edge science of how our mindset shapes every facet of our lives, revealing how your brain holds the keys to unlocking a better version of you.” It was in the first few pages of Robson's Expectation Effect where I began to piece together past podcast episodes where we've talked about how “expectation hooks us up to what we want.” I saw the word “expectation” then BOOM, I could hear my mentor, Bob Proctor talking about this exact topic, back in the late 1990s. Who knew there was a science to this! We will get there, but here's what I remembered learning on this topic, 20 years ago. When Proctor talked about the importance of “expecting” what it is that we want, I remember highlighting it at the top of my notebook with an ORANGE highlighter, and never thought I would years later share these notes with anyone, (sorry they aren't neater) but look what I wrote. “Expectation hooks you up to what you want, and brings it to you.” Then further down the page, wrote “you can be hooked up to what you want (you've read Think and Grow Rich a billion times, and even listened to our 6 PART Series Think and Grow Rich Series,[xi] and you know EXACTLY what you want) but you DON'T EXPECT to ever get it, for some reason, that only you would be aware of. If you don't expect it, you won't bring it to you. I remember Proctor explaining this concept with goals, and he said it could also work with something we expect that we don't want, like a winter cold when we say something like, “Oh, I usually get a cold right before Thanksgiving, so let's not meet up until after this time.” Have you ever had someone tell you they were expecting to become ill? My mind goes straight back to the orange highlighter, and how I knew it was important to highlight that what we “expect” to happen, is brought right to us. Robson writes in his book that: Now I really did believe in these concepts I learned back in those seminar days, (because I saw first-hand how many people achieved results from this way of thinking) but I'm sure many others thought these ideas were superstitious or something. Fast forward 20 years, and now, I see this exact concept written in the 2022 book by David Robson, called The Expectation Effect, illustrating that what scientists are learning about the connections between the human brain and performance, are nothing short of amazing! Many of us have heard of these concepts, we might have even written them down, and highlighted them in orange, but now, science reveals something new about how our brain responds to the things we “expect” to happen. David Robson shows us in his book exactly “how those beliefs, in themselves, shape your health and well-being in profound ways, and that learning to reset our expectations (about these issues) can have truly remarkable effects on our health, happiness and productivity.” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect). So, I'm reading David Robson's book, excited to make a scientific connection to the word I highlighted in ORANGE in those seminar days, and here I come across the author warning us about New Age self-help books, like Rhonda Byrne's The Secret, that Bob Proctor starred in, saying these concepts to be pseudoscience. I will say that many people misunderstand The Secret and Proctor[xii] himself said “You can't just THINK and GROW RICH, you've got to DO SOMETHING with those thoughts.” So with an open mind, let's see what Grant Bosnick has to say about The Neuroscience of Expectations. I did mention that Grant opens up chapter 8 by saying “What did you expect?” and he gives examples in the beginning of this chapter ways that expectations are created in our minds whether it's with an expensive glass of wine we taste, that we “expect” to taste good based on its price, or even the credibility that we “expect” from doctors verses the doctor's assistant. What Grant Bosnich Says About The Science of Expectations: Grants explains that “in neuroscience, dopamine is the neurochemical in our brain that makes us feel good and is associated with feelings of euphoria, bliss, motivation, concentration and reward. If we meet our expectations, then it generates a slight increase in dopamine, and a slight reward response. If we exceed our expectations, it generates a strong increase in dopamine, and a strong reward response. And if our expectations are unmet, it generates a large drop in dopamine, and a strong threat response.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85). Grant explains that when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85). But here's the kicker! Grant shares that “if our expectations are not met, (however) that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85). Grant asks us some questions around what we expect of ourselves and others, and it's here that I thought about how I have high expectations for myself, and the goals I'm working on, but I've noticed that in order to avoid disappointment, I work on not having expectations of others. Except of when I go to the doctor for something important, I except that he will look after whatever it is that I'm there for to the best of their ability. There is this one doctor that I drive over an hour to see him, because his services exceeded my expectations. His office experience was not the best, but when I get to see him, I have a high level of care, that I expect, and I'll look past the poor experience in his offices, to get to the high level of care when I reach him. Grant addresses this by saying that we can influence our own, and other people's expectations by “delivering higher than expected” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 87) which is exactly what happened to me with that doctor. Grant explains the importance of “setting the expectation low, then delivering high” to avoid disappointment. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude this week's episode #333 on Chapter 8 on “The Neuroscience of Expectations” DID YOU KNOW: That when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick) Conversely, did you know that “if our expectations are not met, that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85). I go right back to Grant's opening statement “What did you expect” and then my ORANGE highlighted notes from 20 years ago where I learned that “expectation hooks us up to what we want.” HOW TO USE THE NEUROSCIENCE OF EXPECTATIONS IN OUR DAILY LIFE: KNOW EXACTLY WHAT I'M EXPECTING (of myself and others): Understanding the science, helps me to keep my expectations tied to myself, and not others, to avoid disappointment and stress.  I expect to achieve my goals, (by putting in the necessary work) keep myself in good health (physical and mental) and will not just THINK about these expectations, but will do the hard work, take the action necessary to achieve them. This way, I'm not just “thinking” of what I expect to occur, I'm actually doing something with those thoughts, like the quote from Bob Proctor from the beginning of this episode. If I'm ever feeling “disappointed” with something in my life, a good question to ask is “what did you expect?” and see if I can backtrack to my thoughts. Was I using the science to flood my brain with dopamine, (with something within my control-that I could take action towards) or not. USE A POSITIVE EXPECTATION TO BUILD RESILIENCE FOR A HEALTHIER VERSION OF ME: Understanding the science behind our expectations, and especially David Robson's work, where I learned that “people with a more positive attitude towards their later years are less likely to develop hearing loss, frailty, and illness—and even Alzheimer's disease—than people who associate aging with senility and disability” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) marks a strong case for expecting exceptional mental and physical health in the future. Again, it goes without saying that we can't just “think” ourselves into good health. We need to do the work here in order to expect results to occur. CONTINUE TO EXPECT GOOD THINGS (for myself and others) AND DON'T WORRY ABOUT SUPERSTITIONS LIKE CREATING MY OWN LUCKY CHARM. Knowing that “expectations and beliefs can influence—indeed are already influencing your life in many other surprising and powerful ways. (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) makes me believe in some of the rituals I've heard of over the years, like lucky charms. I learned from David Robson's The Expectation Effect, that “superstitions and rituals can boost perseverance and performance across a whole range of cognitive tasks, and (that) the advantages are often considerable.” (Page 198, The Expectation Effect). Whether you are a professional athlete, singer, public speaker, or someone like me who just wants improved results in your life, there is a science to having a lucky charm, or something that brings you the promise of success, to help you to create a feeling of control during high stress. Don't dismiss the power of a lucky rock with a goal written on it, or whatever it is that holds significance to you with your future goals, or something that has meaning to you, that you expect to occur in your future. FINAL THOUGHTS ON OUR EXPECTATIONS: Some final thoughts, before closing out this episode, when we are working on our expectations, it's highly important to be honest with whether you believe them to be possible, or not. This is an important part of this. David Robson mentioned in his book, The Expectation Effect that: THINK ABOUT HOW YOU RESPOND TO DIFFICULT LIFE CHALLENGES: Imagine yourself going for a new position at work, and you are talking to your close family members about where you are in the interview process. They say to you “this sounds good, it looks like you are in the lead for this new position” and you reply “I'll let know IF I get the job.” How you speak about your expectations (or as Robson said “our responses to difficult situations” (internally in your mind), or out loud to others, is extremely important. Keeping brain science in mind, the best way to talk about your expectations is with certainty and our reply with this brain science in mind could be along the lines of “I'll let you know WHEN I get the new position” to keep the dopamine flowing to your brain. This response will help you to “feel good (and is associated) with feelings of euphoria, bliss, motivation, concentration and reward.” (Grant Bosnick). If for some reason, you don't believe what you are expecting, or that the leap might be too far of a jump for you, you will feel what's called cognitive dissonance, and you'll need to do more internal work to get yourself to the place where you can think “truth rather than appearances”[xiii] and speak what you expect out loud, (or think it internally) and feel the alignment of this expectation in your life. Only then will we get to this place where our expectations and beliefs can influence our life in many astonishing and powerful ways, leaving us mind-blown by our own potential for personal change. We'll see you next episode for The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation.  REVIEW In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant's book after our interview the end of January) we are covering: ✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick's award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives. ✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter. ✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system. ✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals. ✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course. REFERENCES: [i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “Aha Moments and Creative Insight”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/   [iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iv] 6 PART Series on Improving Sleep with Dr. Walker and Dr. Huberman https://www.hubermanlab.com/episode/guest-series-dr-matthew-walker-the-biology-of-sleep-your-unique-sleep-needs   [v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #318 with Dmitri Leonov on “Understanding Nanotechnology for Health and Wellness of the Future”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dmitri-leonov-on-taopatch-understanding-nanotechnology-for-health-and-wellness-of-the-future/   [vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/   [vii] Expectations Definition https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/expectation#:~:text=Your%20expectations%20are%20your%20strong,get%20something%20that%20you%20want.   [viii] Unmet Expectations at Work at Age 62 and Depressive Symptioms https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34173825/   [ix] How Do Expectations Modulate Pain? https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37369088/   [x]The Expectation Effect: How Your Mindset Can Change Your World by David Robson Feb. 15, 2022  https://www.amazon.com/Expectation-Effect-Mindset-Change-World-ebook [xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/   [xii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 of our Think and Grow Rich Book Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/   [xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #315 and PART 2 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/        

Join Jill as she welcomes to the show Andrea Kennedy, owner of Mainstream Reiki, and Host of the podcast Beyond the Reiki Gateway.  Learn how Reiki can help you to clear dense energy and elevate your vibration.  Andrea shares her wealth of knowledge as an instructor, mentor, and practitioner of this amazing energy balancing system.  Don't miss this informative, and truly inspiring conversation! Andrea Kennedy has over twenty years of experience as a Reiki Master Teacher. She is the Host of the podcast: Beyond the Reiki Gateway, as well as having her own Reiki business called: Mainstream Reiki where she offers mentorship and online classes, as well as a Reiki membership community to help others advance their training or start a Reiki business. Andrea's experiences are extensive, with her holistic training spanning Self Hypnosis, ESP, Aura Reading, Mediumship, Medical Intuition, Meditation, Chinese Energy Medicine, Theta Healing, Integrated Energy Therapy, The Silva Method, and more. You can reach Andrea Kennedy at: mainstreamreiki.com for further information regarding classes, mentorship sessions, and her becoming a member of her Reiki community. Jill is a Reiki Master Teacher, Earth Wisdom Practitioner, Animal Intuitive, Writer & Artist. Jill's new shamanic website: ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠www.sacredpurpleswan.com⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ For more information regarding Intuitive Animal Wellness Sessions with Jill, as well as Podcast Updates and News, go to: ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠helloinneryou.com⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ And for Jill's Hand Drawn Pet Portraits and Spirit Art, check out: ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ajilloriginal.com⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Thank you to CJ ~ my Associate Producer & Better Half ~ without his techno babble know-how this show would not be possible. A special thanks to my Spirit Team and Guides ~ especially Mom, Jay & Sophie ~ Disclaimer:  This podcast in intended for spiritual, intuitive, and artistic conversations. This applies to all guests and/or co-hosts of the show. Content shared should not be substituted for appropriate Medical, Psychological, or Veterinary care.  Jill is not a healthcare professional, nor does she offer Medical, Psychological or Veterinary advice.  The topics discussed on this show span intuitive awareness for people and animals, as well as spiritual understanding for personal development.  Please seek Medical, Mental Health, or Veterinary help if your need to. --- Support this podcast: https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/helloinneryou/support

Dive into the untapped potential of your mind and discover the secrets to making genius decisions for your business. Explore how to transcend traditional logic and tap into your subconscious creativity to unlock innovative solutions. Join our free webinar to ignite your genius and drive growth in your business today!

What is your baseline? How do we raise our vibration and raise our baseline for success? The subconscious mind is extremely obedient and always does what it's told. The key to being more lucky in life is not only believing, but knowing that you are lucky!  CHALLENGE: Take some time to go back in your memory to the life you have lived thus far. Think about those pivotal moments in your life, good or bad, that have shaped who you are. How can you shift these stories into a more abundant mindset with the mindset you have now?  ****30 DAY CHALLENGE**** “Protect your peace” Challenge Do this first thing when you wake up for 30 days straight! We will be checking in on social media throughout the 30 days, MAKING PROGRESS TOGETHER!! Do this for at least 5 minutes, first thing in the morning when you're still sleepy. Don't look at your phone, and go into meditation. Visualize yourself as the luckiest person in the world! You are getting every front row parking spot. Visualize yourself winning the lottery and what you would do with that money. Visualize walking into work and the way people respond to you. What is different? People are complimenting you. The universe is complimenting you. FEEL the raise in vibration as you go through your day ahead with a new and fresh perspective. QUOTES: Abraham hicks “Everything is always working out for me at any given point and time” quote  Henry Ford “If you think you can, you can. And if you think you can't, you're right” Cormac McCarthy “You never know what worse luck your bad luck has saved you from” Sadie Olsons info: Rebel Witch Podcast  “Activate your magic” Course “Abundance Alchemy” Workshop Instagram: @iamsadieolson Website: iamsadieolson.com   SOURCES SITED: Helen Hadsell and the Silva Method

Dr. Patrick Porter PhD, is an award-winning author/speaker and the founder of BrainTap®, the leader in technology-enhanced meditation. Dr. Porter pioneered the use of brainwave entrainment to improve clarity, sleep & energy, and remains at the forefront of scientific research. He founded BrainTap with the goal of making this technology accessible to everyone. BrainTap offers over 1800 original audio sessions in 12 languages and serves a worldwide user base with its mobile app and headset. Dr. Porter has been featured in The Wall Street Journal, People, Entrepreneur, and on ABC, NBC, CBS as an expert in brain health & wellness, and in 2020, Dr. Porter received the IAFNR lifetime achievement award.Dr. Porter returns to my show to update us on all the great things BrainTap has been up to.  He brings his wealth of knowledge to the table, intertwining tales of BrainTap's inception with the Silva Method's influence and my personal experiences as a testament to its transformative power. We venture into discussions on brainwave symphonies and their correlation with cognitive states, demonstrating real-life impacts from corporate giants to groundbreaking medical studies. Prepare to be immersed in a conversation that not only bolsters your brain health management toolkit but also offers a window into the subtle energies that craft our health narratives.In this episode, we discussed so much related to a healthy mind. If there is one takeaway, it is that we must engage in practices to optimize a healthy mind, and BrainTap is one of my favourites.Go to https://braintap.com/ to get started, or click on BrainTap, linked in these show notes.My Essential Thyroid Guide is now available on all Amazon stores!US:  https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0CW4X3WJDCanada:  https://www.amazon.ca/dp/B0CW4X3WJDSupport the showSubscribe wherever you listen, share this episode with a friend, and follow me below. This truly gives back & helps me keep bringing amazing guests & topics every week.Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sandyknutrition/Facebook Page: https://www.facebook.com/sandyknutritionTikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@sandyknutritionYouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIh48ov-SgbSUXsVeLL2qAgRumble: https://rumble.com/c/c-5461001Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sandyknutrition/Podcast Website: https://sandykruse.ca

You are awesome as you are, imperfections and all. Don't let society tell you otherwise and hold you back from living your imperfectly authentic life. Join Kristina Mänd-Lakhiani, the co-founder of Mindvalley, as she tells us how to be “flawesome” with wisdom from her book, Becoming Flawesome: The Key to Living an Imperfectly Authentic Life. Kristina candidly shares her evolution through personal growth, drawing on experiences with The Silva Method and navigating challenges like aging and divorce. She then dives deep into societal expectations of women's appearance and introduces the "scale of flawesomeness," where she passionately advocates for embracing imperfections and highlights the intrinsic value found in the journey of self-love. With insightful analogies and anecdotes on success, self-fulfillment, and self-love, Kristina guides us on the path to understanding and fostering a healthy relationship with oneself. Embrace and celebrate your whole self. Embark on a journey to authentic living today!

Welcome to Episode 330 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, a part of our 18-week series on self-leadership. Join host Andrea Samadi and author Grant Bosnick as they explore the neuroscience theory behind creating solid health habits, establishing goals, and increasing productivity for greater achievement and well-being. Tap into the power of the AHA moment, and learn how to foster these spontaneous occurrences for instant performance improvement. Bosnick shares insights from his book "Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership" and offers strategies for organizations to solve problems creatively using innovative thought processes. Uncover the crucial role physical and mental health play, particularly the significance of adequate hydration for brain health and daily water intake recommendations. Learn about the concept of neuroplasticity and see examples of creative problem solving applied in real-life situations. Listen as we bring to light interesting perspectives from Professor Hod Lipson from Columbia University on AI and innovation, discuss the Silva Method, and recall our first series on creativity and innovation. Take inspiration from figures like Albert Einstein and learn about hypnosis from the work of Dr. David Spiegel. Cultivate self-awareness and personally tailored plans using our practical five-step method to foster more 'aha' moments. Experience the magic of wisdom acquisitions drawn from a poignant poem by Stuart Edward White. Ready to supercharge your personal and professional growth? Listen to our exciting and educational podcast that delves deep into the interaction of neuroscience and social and emotional learning. Don't forget to subscribe for more insightful episodes. On today's episode #330 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] a few weeks ago.  Now that we have started this series, I hope you can see how practicing and strengthening the skills we are learning each week, is cumulative. Each week, we are learning something new, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. We can even map out our “Journey of the Mind” as we go along the way. REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 It's here I'm hoping we will take the information we are learning, connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to our daily life. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast and it's the application of what we are learning that contains the magic. REFLECT Back to Chapter 2 on The Neuroscience of Goals (and Kurt Lewin's Force Field Theory): What are you doing today to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance this year? How are you improving your mental and physical health to gain the momentum we talked about in this chapter? REFLECT Back to Chapter 3 on The Neuroscience of Inspiration: How are you using people or places that inspire you, to take your results to greater heights? Think about this as it relates to your physical and mental health. What else can you do to take more action in this area? REFLECT Back to Chapter 4 on The Neuroscience of Mindfulness: Where are you in your Mindfulness Journey? Mindfulness, and breathing was listed often in Chapter 4.  How is mindfulness helping you with your physical health? REFLECT Back to Chapter 5 on The Neuroscience Behind Peak Performance: How are you practicing “getting into flow?” When do you notice it the most?  Is it during physical exercise, or meditation? Are you practicing this state to gain 5x more productivity in this state? REFLECT BACK to Chapter 6 on The Science Behind our Physical Health: Where we narrowed our focus from a wide and complex field, to something we can implement immediately with “The Hydrated Brain for Improving Our Cognitive Performance.” Are you keeping your brain hydrated? Do you know how much water you are drinking every day? Grant reminds us that “everyone is unique and needs different amounts of water per day (but suggests) an adequate intake for men is roughly around 3 liters (100 fluid ounces) a day, (and) for women it's about 2.2 liters (74 fluid ounces) a day. This is one area I know I can do better with, especially living in the desert, I know I can improve this one with some focused effort. We will cover the remaining 6 chapters (Agility, Resilience, Relationships and Authenticity, Biases, Trust and Presence) after we take a break for me to navigate a new work schedule in my personal life. As soon as I have my footing here, and Dr. Shane Creado from EP 72[ii] reminded me the other day of our brain's neuroplasticity, so I should be able to find the balance in a few weeks, and once I'm in the groove, and I'll be back to finish this series. In the meantime, this will be a perfect time to put some serious thought into where we began this year, and where we are going. Think about the areas where we know we can improve, and get to work on these areas. I'll be using this time to strengthen my own mindset and be sure I'm applying each of these episodes that guarantees the strongest version of myself this year. REMINDER: In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, we are covering: ✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick's award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives. ✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter. ✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system. ✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals. ✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course. There is great power and self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I do encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick's Leadership Self-Assessment[iii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium of low level of importance for you to focus on this year. For Today, EPISODE #330, we cover Chapter 7, “AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain” we will look at what Grant Bosnick covers on this topic, as well as a deeper dive into John Kounios and Mark Beeman's fascinating book The Eureka Factor[iv] so we can all have a clear understanding of how these AHA Moments occur in the brain, and how exactly we can foster our own creative insights for unique and immediate improved performance. ✔ Tap into the power of the AHA moment, and learn how to foster these spontaneous occurrences for instant performance improvement. ✔ 5 Simple Steps for Illuminating our Personal and Professional Life with AHA Moments of Creativity. ✔ What Does Neuroscience Say About These AHA Moments of Creativity? Today we dive into Chapter 7 of Grant Bosnick's book as we cover “The Science Behind Insight” which came out as MEDIUM importance (orange score) for me, alongside mindfulness and flow.  If you have taken the self-assessment, you'll know it's how you answer the questions, based on what's of high priority for you, that determines the lessons that are important to begin now, or ones that you might think you have a handle on, so they show up as lower priority, or medium,  like this topic did for for me. I do block out time every day for mindfulness, and am working on getting into “flow” with my work, but insight is a new skill for me. I've never sat down to see “what insight” will come into my mind today, as these types of moments happen spontaneously, like Alexis Samuels mentioned on EP 328[v] when he made the connection with financial literacy and gamification, in the shower. What I loved about Grant Bosnick's book Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership is that he opens up chapter 7 with a story of how insight was used by an organization to help solve the problem with the high number of babies that die within a month of their birth, specifically in developing countries.  This organization solved this specific problem using a thought process that took insight using “materials and human resources that could be used to address this issue” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) by building incubators made out of Toyota cars that were readily available in these developing areas. Instead of using their analytical mind and thinking “how do we get more incubators to these areas” someone on their team used insight and creativity to come up with the best solution. So how do we think up these creative ideas? Grant asks us to ponder where we have our best ideas. In the shower (like Alexis Samuels)? While exercising? At your desk while doing work? Just before falling asleep or waking up? While walking or hiking? While taking with a friend? Grant suggests that few people will come back with “at their desk while working” since this type of creativity involves breaking away from the analytical, thinking mind, and tapping into our “nonconscious” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) part of our brain. It was here I had to look deeper into how this type of thinking happens, and I found the fascinating book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman that Alexis Samuels mentioned during our interview, and I mentioned I had just started to read it. If you want to dive deeper into the science behind insight and creativity, I highly recommend this book. I wanted to know HOW to create these “AHA” Moments at will, not by chance and this is what these two cognitive neuroscientists who wrote this book, set out to do. Their goal of writing this book was to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor). In the very beginning pages of The Eureka Factor, we learn that “insight is creative” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman) and when the authors went on to define “what creativity is” they suggest to not define it (yet) since “everyone intuitively recognizes creativity when he or she sees it” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman). I thought back to when we covered “Improving Creativity” on PART 4 of The Silva Method[vi] on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” and we tapped into Dr. Andrew Huberman's research on creativity here. Dr. Huberman explains that “when we see something that's truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work….It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative. So, going back to The Eureka Factor, John Kounios suggests that “creative insight is not an exotic type of thought reserved for the few. In fact, (he says) it's one of the few abilities that define our species….most humans—have insights. It's a basic human ability.” (Page 11, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman). HOW CAN WE BE MORE CREATIVE TO HAVE MORE INSIGHT? So now I want to know how we can we all have MORE insight to solve problems in our personal and work lives? How can we be more creative on purpose? Grant Bosnick has an exercise in his book to help foster this ability, and it begins with quieting the mind, and letting it drift.  Next, he suggests having a positive mood, and then be open to pattern completion, allowing new connections to form. Finally, he reminds us to NOT directly focus on the problem. In The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman cover this concept of “pattern completion” and explained that we be open to unique solutions to our problems, letting the brain do what it was designed to do. They reminded us with a few fascinating discoveries in health, as well as an Oscar Winning Character that was created while the film writer was at a baseball game, that sometimes the answer we are looking for is opposite to what we commonly think to be true. I remember the advice that the Legendary speaker Bob Proctor[vii] would give to people every time they would have a problem they were looking to solve. He would say “go somewhere quiet and think” which covers Grant Bosnick's first suggestion. I remember people coming to me when I worked with Proctor, saying “OK, I did that” I went somewhere quiet, and I'm still stuck” and I always wondered what else I could suggest to someone who really was stuck in this process. After reading Grant's book, I can now connect the understanding of neuroscience to this equation. Having a positive mood is important, while you are quietly thinking, and also understanding that the brain doesn't like incompleteness. When you are quiet, thinking of a solution, your brain will do the work to make the connections where you might never have thought before.   While reading The Eureka Factor, I came across an image that helped to explain this idea so we can ALL improve our ability to generate new and creative insights that will empower our personal and professional lives. IMAGE CREDIT: The Eureka Factor (Kounios, Beeman) Page 24 If someone were to ask me “Where do I begin to improve my ability to create NEW insights in my life?” I would say, start here: STEP 1: Go somewhere quiet and think.  We've mentioned a few times on this podcast that “Every man has the natural and inherent power to think what he wants to think, but it requires more effort to do so”[viii] (Wallace D. Wattles). I recently heard Professor Hod Lipson[ix] from Columbia University, speaking about the future with AI, and while his whole presentation was forward-thinking, eye opening and brilliant, what caught my attention the most was when he mentioned that while working with students with AI and robotics, the hardest part for them was to come up with a name for their robot, because he said “it takes a lot of effort to be creative.” Take the time needed for this process. STEP 2: You might think you are stuck, and might see a brick wall in front of you, metaphorically speaking, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven't figured it out yet. It's here that I share ways I've moved past where I'm stuck, and that's by using The Silva Method. I'm reminded daily that many of our current listeners found us from the first episode we did in this 4-part series[x] that ended with an episode on “How to Be More Creative and Innovative”. I just heard from Fatima Kahedi this weekend that she found our podcast through Spotify, just by searching for The Silva Method. Then, this weekend, I was listening to a recent episode Dr. Andrew Huberman did an “Ask Me Anything[xi]” Episode from Melbourne, Australia. On this episode he reminded us of the work of Dr. David Spiegl on Hypnosis[xii] saying that there is a simple way to tell if someone is hypnotizable or not. It has to do with what Dr. Spiegl called an “eye roll” at the beginning of the test where he asked Dr. Huberman to look up, and then close his eyes. If the whites of his eyes showed for a certain amount of time, as his eyes were closing, (which they did) he would score a 4/4 on this test and be highly hypnotizable. I heard this and thought “That's the Silva Method!” Jose Silva gets us to relax somewhere quiet by going to the alpha state (by counting backwards) and then by rolling our eyes upwards in our head while relaxed. It's here he asks us to practice seeing things on the screen of our mind. Now that I've heard the science connected to this practice, I can see that by using The Silva Method, we are relaxing ourselves deeply enough to begin to “see” things more clearly. Or in essence, we are practicing self-hypnosis. STEP 3: Keeping your mood positive, break away, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, or playing tennis like the image from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem. If you are in a meditative state, just be sure to have positive, elevated emotions flowing through you. Looking at the image in the show notes from The Eureka Factor, we see a person playing tennis. You can use whatever method you want here (The Silva Method of Meditation, your own mindfulness practice, going for a walk or hike) whatever it is for YOU where you feel calm, rested and at peace. STEP 4: Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking of solving the problem. We are all different here. Think back to the beginning of this episode, when Grant Bosnick asked us to consider where our creative ideas flow into our minds. Mine come in that time just before I go to sleep, or just before I wake up. Others might come in the shower, or while exercising. Be open to NEW ideas coming into your mind, and be ready to write them down. STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. You'll will become more self-aware in this process. Grant Bosnick lists a few inventions that were developed this way, in chapter 7 on Insight, and I found an article that lists “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, (where) inspiration arrived suddenly”[xiii] to help them with their famous AHA Moments. DID YOU KNOW that when Albert Einstein created his masterwork on the theory of relativity that he was “taken aback” when his breakthrough came suddenly? His mind kept wandering as he pondered the thought “if a man falls freely, he would not feel his weight.” It was “by linking accelerated motion and gravity (where) Einstein eventually created his theory of relativity.” (Dan Falk) John Kounios also lists some “concrete examples that illustrate the steps and features of the insight experience itself—in particular, their expanded perspective, sudden occurrence, reinterpretation of the familiar, awareness of the unforeseen relationships, subjective certainty, and emotional thrill.” (Page 18, The Eureka Factor). REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude this week's episode #330 on “The Neuroscience of Insight” DID YOU KNOW that “the moment a solution pops into someone's awareness as an insight, a sudden burst of high-frequency EEG activity known as “gamma waves” can be picked up by (EEG) electrodes just above the right ear?” (Page 70, The Eureka Factor). “Gamma waves represent cognitive processing in the brain, such as paying attention to something or linking together different pieces of information.” (Page 70, The Eureka Factor). John Kounios recalled in Chapter 5 of The Eureka Factor with excitement after years of work that they “had found a neural signature of the aha moment: a burst of activity in the brain's right hemisphere. Almost literally (he says) this is the spark of insight” but he did add to this conclusion that “in the world outside the lab, insights may need to be evaluated, verified, refined and applied, and this requires contributions from the more analytic left hemisphere” (Page 82, The Eureka Factor). Just like when Einstein came up with his famous AHA Moment of The Theory of Relativity, “it took him 8 years (using the analytical left hemisphere of his brain) to work through the mathematical details.”[xiv] So while we need both the left and right hemispheres of our brain to come up with these insightful AHA moments, there was another important key finding that they discovered with a patient who had a stroke that damaged the right part of his brain more than the left. The stroke didn't interfere with this particular patient's ability to speak and understand the spoken language, but the patient himself knew he was missing something important. This discovery led to an important finding that takes place in the right hemisphere of the brain, and is important “for filling in the gaps to make sense of things” (page 75) and that is the ability to “read between the lines” (Page 76, The Eureka Factor). Which is essentially what the brain is doing when it's “filling in the gaps” and solving our problems with our AHA Moments. We covered 5 STEPS for How to Have MORE AHA Moments to Enrich our Personal and Professional Lives: STEP 1: RELAX: Go somewhere quiet and think.  STEP 2: LOOK PAST THE BRICK WALL: You might think you are stuck, and might see a brick wall in front of you, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven't figured it out yet. STEP 3: KEEP POSITIVE: Keeping your mood positive, break away, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, sit somewhere quiet and meditate, or play tennis like the image in the show notes illustrates from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem. STEP 4: THE MAGIC HAPPENS HERE! Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for NEW ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking. If you decide to read The Eureka Factor, on top of the suggestions that Grant Bosnick suggests, you will learn how the left hemisphere of your brain and right must work together to “fill in the gaps.” This is where we open up our minds to NEW creative ideas. This concept is exactly like when someone tells you a joke, or uses sarcasm, or irony. Our brain that doesn't like “gaps or incompleteness” taps into the right hemisphere to interpret language in this way. This is a prime example that demonstrates just as our “ability to use language requires two intact hemispheres, so does effective, practical, creative performance” (Page 82, The Eureka Factor) and it's within “the right hemisphere (of our brain that) where the spark that ignites the creative fire” begins.  (Page 82, The Eureka Factor).  The magic happens when we can relax, with a positive mindset, close our eyes, and see what messages come “in-between” the lines. STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. EPISODE #295 on “Unleashing the Power of our Subconscious Mind” is a good place to revisit as we peel back the layers and uncover who we truly are. Self-awareness is at the root of this process. To close out this episode, I'll end with a poem that reminds me of how the AHA Moment is formed that we covered recently.[xv]   Isn't it amazing how we acquire wisdom? When we suddenly “see” something that escaped us for so long. Stewart Edward White explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us, in his poem where he writes: “Curious how we acquire wisdom! Over and over again, the same truth is thrust under our very noses. We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it; we read it in the written word. We suffer the experience; we gradually assent to the advice; we approve, intellectually, the written word. But nothing happens inside us. Then, one day, some trivial experience or word or encounter stops us short. A gleam of illumination penetrates the depth of our consciousness. We see! Usually it is but a glimpse; but on rare occasions a brilliant flash reveals truth fully formed. And we marvel that this understanding has escaped us so long.”   I hope you've enjoyed a deeper dive into the Neuroscience of Insights. We have one last interview to release this weekend, and we'll see you in a few weeks (once I've got my footing) when we return to finish our review of the final chapters of Grants Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.         REFERENCES:   [i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #72 with De. Shane Creado on “Sleep Strategies That Will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-shane-creado-on-sleep-strategies-that-will-guarantee-a-competitive-advantage/   [iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iv] The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight, and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman Published April 14, 2015 https://www.amazon.com/Eureka-Factor-Moments-Creative-Insight/dp/1400068541   [v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #328 with D. Alexis Samuels  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-neuroscience-and-gamification-in-financial-literacy-education-with-d-alexis-samuels/     [vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/   [vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/   [viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 315 “Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way PART 2 Review of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/   [ix] https://www.me.columbia.edu/faculty/hod-lipson   [x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 261 PART 1 of our Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/   [xi] Dr. Andrew Huberman “Ask Me Anything” Melbourne, Australia  https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/live-event-q-a-dr-andrew-huberman-question-answer/id1545953110?i=1000650096634   [xii] Dr. Andrew Huberman is Hynpotized by Dr. Spiegl https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tlTzVB6TGT0   [xiii] “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, inspiration arrived suddenly” by Dan Falk, Published September 2, 2005 https://magazine.utoronto.ca/research-ideas/culture-society/great-eureka-moments-in-history-famous-inspirational-moments/ [xiv] IBID [xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 314 PART 1 of our Review of The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D Wattles https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/    

Indulge in a tranquil journey to inner peace with this soothing guided meditation, designed to guide you to a state of profound relaxation and harmony. Immerse yourself in the gentle frequencies of alpha waves, known for their calming effects on the mind and body. Whether you're seeking stress relief, mental clarity, or simply a moment of tranquility, this meditation offers a rejuvenating escape from the hustle and bustle of daily life. Join us and embark on a transformative voyage to inner harmony. Connect with Liz Instagram @motherhoodunstressed Youtube Motherhood Unstressed https://www.motherhoodunstressed.com 

Dive into the deep corners of mindfulness and neuroscience in this captivating episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. Join us as we delve into Grant Bosnick's insightful book, 'Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership' while exploring the neuroscience of mindfulness. In episode 325, we introduce you to PQ Reps, a robust method to build mental muscles for better mental resilience and executive control over daily distractions. Unpack how to effectively apply neuroscience to amp up your mindfulness practice and make noticeable progress over time. Learn about the impressive benefits of incorporating PQ Reps into your routine, from the perspective of Positive Intelligence founder Shirzad Chamine. Enhance your understanding of concepts such as Lewin's field theory, the practice of setting concrete goals, and the neuroscience of inspiration. You will find out how to effectively use your mind to create your future by design instead of letting it happen by default. Whether you're seeking to deepen your existing mindfulness practice or exploring ways to kick-start one, this episode offers practical guidance backed by science. Remember, every giant leap begins with a small step. Start today with the PQ Reps and set yourself up for a more mindful 2024. In this 18-week Series, we will cover: ✔ Powerful tactics from this NEW award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives. ✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success. ✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system. ✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals ✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels. EPISODE #325 Chapter 4 “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness” ✔ A review of our past episodes where we covered the topic of Mindfulness. ✔ Defining Mindfulness and where many people begin their practice. ✔ Putting Mindfulness into practice using PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine, to build our mental muscles over time. ✔ My challenge to you to keep working on Mindfulness for improved productivity in our personal and work lives. On today's episode #325 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321.[i]  During this interview, I told Grant that his book contained a thorough and deep overview of the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership, and I felt like each of the 18 chapters could be covered in 18 weeks, for all of us to gain a better understanding of the application of the science he picked out for each chapter. So I decided to cover EACH chapter here, with a map towards our progress over the next 18 weeks, and to set our season theme to the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership that will be our focus until June of this year. Today we will be looking at Chapter 4 of this book on “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness.” This is a topic that scored on the MEDIUM side of urgency for me, (ORANGE) on the Leadership Self-Assessment.[ii]  I hope that you have taken your self-assessment[iii], so you can follow along with your most urgent to least urgent areas of importance with your year. This area surprised me a bit, because I think Mindfulness is a huge part of my day. It's something that I spend time doing every morning, or else it's noticeable to me that I've missed it. Then I looked back over all the episodes we covered starting with some of our early episodes when I was just learning the ropes with interviewing guests. We started covering mindfulness on EP #25[iv] with Mick Neustadt, a mindfulness expert, to EP #28[v] with Dr. Dan Siegel, the well-known clinical professor at the UCLA School of Medicine, on his concept of Mindsight that he said was the basis for social and emotional intelligence.  Then on EP #60[vi], we covered Dr. Siegel's' Wheel of Awareness Meditation, and the insights I gained from practicing the 3 segments he has created over a two-month period, and then into Dr. Dawson Church's Bliss Brain Meditations[vii] that still sits as our MOST watched YouTube interview[viii] from December 2020 on The Science Behind Using a Meditation Practice. It feels like yesterday, but it was 2 years ago that we met with psychologist Darshan Pindoria for EP 266 on “Bringing Mindfulness and Meditation to Our Daily Lives.” So what does Grant Bosnick say about mindfulness in his book “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership?” He opens up chapter four by talking about the benefits of mindfulness to help us to gain more “executive control” over our daily distractions. I like how he asks “What is Mindfulness?” and lists the many definitions on the topic that talk about this practice as a “mental state achieved by concentrating in the present moment” to “creating a feeling of calm” to “a moment-to-moment awareness of one's experience without judgement.” Then he did not miss the father of mindfulness, who we've quoted often on this podcast, especially after I took his Masterclass, Jon Kabat-Zinn who gently reminds us that mindfulness is “an awareness that arises from paying attention, on purpose, in the present moment and non-judgmentally.” Bosnick shares that “it seems to be a mental state AND the practice of reaching that state” and he likens it to the Jedi's Mind from the movie series Star Wars. He says “It's like the force.” Now I think I saw Star Wars when I was a kid, and knew about “the force” but had to look up the meaning as it's been a few years. Bosnick reminds us that in the original Star Wars, Obi-Wan Kenobi told Luke Skywalker “Well, the force is what gives a Jedi his power. It is an energy field created by all living things. It surrounds us and penetrates us: it binds the galaxy together.” (Ch 4, Bosnick). Now for someone who hasn't watched Star Wars since childhood, this sounds a lot to me like content we cover on this podcast, specifically our Science of Getting Rich Series[ix] where we talk about the fact that “there is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe.” (Wallace D. Wattles, SGR, The Syllabus). Or, our interview with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP 307[x] where we learned about the energy field that surrounds our body. Bosnick reminds us that the movie warned us to “Remember, a Jedi's strength flows from the Force. But beware: Anger, fear, aggression—the Dark Side, are there” so we learn to keep our emotions in check, by practicing mindfulness. PUTTING MINDFULNESS INTO PRACTICE: BUILDING OUR MENTAL RESILIENCE OVER TIME Bosnick tells us that “in order for us to be mindful, to focus and keep focus, we need to have “executive control” over our attention.” (Ch 4, Bosnick) and I'll add that we will all be at different levels of being able to “block out” our distractions. I remember the first time I laid down, and tried to listen to a guided meditation in the early days of learning this practice, and is all I could hear was my kids running around, when they were little. There was no chance I was going to be able to focus back then, but I just kept trying. I can say that one day, I noticed, that I could be sitting somewhere busy, like an airport, and am now able to block all outside distractions in order to go within. Wearing certain headphones has definitely helped with this. But this didn't come easily to me. I hear many people say “yeah, I gave up trying to meditate, it just doesn't work for me.” Other than telling you to sit there and listen to whatever meditation program you connect with, and keep trying, I don't have a strategy for HOW to build your mental muscles either, or how to build the resilience that comes over time, or how to take your meditation practice from the comfort of your home, where you begin, to your busy work day, when you need it the most. But Grant Bosnick does and he introduces us to New York Times Best Selling Author, Shirzad Chamine's strategy[xi] that guarantees we will quiet our mind over time. Bringing in the science to Mindfulness, DID YOU KNOW there is a concept called PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine[xii] that builds our mental muscles over time? PQ Reps stand for “positive intelligence quotient repetitions” (Ch 4, Bosnick) “and they are small, laser-focused exercises that consciously and purposely deploy our attention to one specific sensation.” These exercises are a way to train your brain in the same way that you would if you were meditating, giving you all of the benefits we are talking about with this practice. Shirzad Chamine discovered PQ Reps when he was looking for a way to build mental resilience for people who struggled to begin a mediation practice. Through fMRI scans, he could see that by activating a certain part of the brain, the PQ Area, in 10 second intervals, by taking your index finger and rubbing it on your thumb, while focusing on the sensation of this feeling, they could see that this PQ area in the brain was slightly activated, while the survival part of the brain was slightly quieter.[xiii] HOW DO WE PRACTICE PQ REPS? By rubbing your finger and your thumb together, involving your any of your 5 senses for 10 seconds. I suggest involve the sensation of touch, and notice what it feels like to touch the top of one finger on the ridges of the other. By doing this, you are shifting your attention to your body and focusing on the sensation. It's a lot like Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness practice that has you focused on one body part at a time (from head to toe) and feeling the sensation of your thoughts as it goes from one body part to the next. Who knew I was practicing PQ Reps while doing Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation and improving my mental fitness? It really does help to understand the science behind developing a mindfulness practice, so you can continue to strengthen yours. Shrizad Chamine recommends that if we want to use PQ Reps to build up this part of our brain, that we should do this practice for 12 minutes/day or 136 reps/day. To put this into perspective, Dan Siegel's Full Wheel of Awareness practice[xiv], is 37 minutes in length. Visiting his website that I've linked in the show notes, you can see this one, as well as a shorter one, and a NEW one on the Plane of Possibility. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude this week's episode #325 on “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness” we asked the question: DID YOU KNOW there is a concept called PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine[xv] who used fMRI scanners to discover that by doing these PQ Reps we can actually build our mental muscles by activating this PQ Region in the Brain?  For those who have a mindfulness practice in place, putting PQ Reps into practice helps to reaffirm the benefits that comes along with building your mental muscles, and for those who have found it difficult to begin a mindfulness practice, PQ Reps is a proven way to bridge the gap for you to begin. HOW DO WE PRACTICE PQ REPS? By rubbing our finger and thumb together, and involving any of our 5 senses for 10 seconds. I suggest that we feel the touch of our fingers on each other. By doing this, we are shifting our attention to our body and focusing on the sensation. It is this activity, that build us the PQ Area of our brain, while the survival part goes quieter. If you next listen to Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation you will see how Dr. Siegel's Mindfulness Practice is essentially teaching you to do PQ Reps involving every part of your body and feeling the sensations from your head to toe. Start small, practicing PQ Reps one day at a time, and eventually you will learn to focus your attention for longer periods of time, building your mental muscles and resilience in the process.   With each lesson we cover in this review of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, I'm hoping to show us how we can gain the momentum needed to activate Lewin's Field Theory, (remember from Chapter 2 on goals, EP 323[xvi] that place where we gain momentum and suddenly, life becomes easier. The resistances fades away, and our goals or whatever it is we are working on, are not far off in the distance, but they are within our reach. Then I'm hoping that we have a clear understanding of Chapter 3, EP 324[xvii] on The Neuroscience of Inspiration where we became clear with WHO or WHAT inspires us. This is when we know we can use our MINDS and understanding of our BRAIN, to turn MIND into MATTER, and create our own futures by design, rather than let them happen by default. I suggest using the MAP that Bosnick created to check off when you think you have integrated each skills into your daily life. In Chapter 2 on Goals, do you see how to gain the momentum needed for your success this year? In Chapter 3 on Inspiration, do you know WHO or WHAT inspires you, and are you using this knowledge for motivation? And now in Chapter 4 on Mindfulness, where are YOU in your mindfulness practice? Does this understanding of PQ Reps help you to build up the PQ area of your brain? Can you do a few reps in the day, until you build up to 12 minutes a day like recommended for this part of the brain to see the changes we all seek? I hope you have found this episode on Mindfulness helpful for sharpening your mindfulness practice, if you have one, or looking for alternative ways to build one, if you have found the process to be difficult. I can't forget that I wondered how I could improve my own meditation practice early last year, so we dove deep into The Silva Method, covered in 4 PARTS, that we just reviewed on EP #322[xviii] as our most downloaded series in 2023. The point of this episode today is that we learn to improve Mindfulness in our day to day life, not just for more “executive control” but to think beyond this. Jose Silva reminds us that “Once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Remember that some of the leading experts in the world have used Mindfulness (from The Silva Method) for outstanding results.   ✔ A marketing company used it to create 18 new products. ✔ 14 Chicago White Socks players used it to boost their scores. ✔  Celebrities have used it and credit Jose Silva for improving their focus and creativity. ✔  Colleges and universities have used it to help students study less, but learn more. If you are not using your mind to its fullest potential, don't worry, awareness is the first step. Start small today, and you'll be miles ahead in 2024, than you've ever been! I'll end with a quote to highlight the self-awareness we will build once we've implemented this lesson into our daily life, since our goal with this 18-week series is to help each of us to become more self-aware. “To know yourself, you must sacrifice the illusion that you already do.” — Vironika Tugaleva And I'll see you next week for an interview, and the week after that with Chapter 5 on Flow. REVIEW Chapters 2, 3 EPISODE #323, Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals” ✔ What is Kurt Lewin's “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024? ✔ 3 STEPS for Applying Field Theory into our Daily Life to Reach Heightened Levels of Achievement in 2024. EPISODE #324, Chapter 3, “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” ✔ Uncover WHO or WHAT inspires you. ✔ Learn what happens to our brain when we are inspired (by a person or a thing). ✔ Apply the Neuroscience of Inspiration to our life in 3 steps: WRITE, THINK and LEARN to Level Up Our Results in 2024. RESOURCES and OTHER EPSIODES ON MINDFULNESS Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #154 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-and-film-producer-tom-cronin-on-the-portal-book-and-movie-how-meditation-can-save-the-world/   Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #170 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/cognitive-neuroscience-researcher-john-harmon-on-our-brain-and-mind-under-pressure/ REFERENCES: [i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick's book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #25 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mindfulness-and-meditation-expert-mick-neustadt-on-how-meditation-and-mindfulness-changes-your-life-results-and-potential/   [v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/   [vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #98 with Dr. Dawson Church  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-dawson-church-on-the-science-behind-using-meditation-rewiring-your-brain-for-happiness-resilience-and-joy/   [viii] Dr. Dawsom Church on “The Science Behind Using Meditation” https://youtu.be/bH8yVKHjFN4   [ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 The Science of Getting Rich Book Review on Prosperity Consciousness  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/   [x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #307 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/ [xi] Shirzad Chamine Quieting the Mind https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDOqPrfNaq0 [xii] Shirzad Chamine https://www.positiveintelligence.com/about/   [xiii] Shirzad Chamine Quieting the Mind https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDOqPrfNaq0   [xiv] https://drdansiegel.com/wheel-of-awareness/   [xv] Shirzad Chamine https://www.positiveintelligence.com/about/   [xvi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/   [xvii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/   [xviii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #322 with “Transforming Minds and Paving the Future: A Review of The Silva Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/transforming-minds-and-paving-the-future/      

Hey lovely ones!   Today we have all the usual shenanigans (and in truth a fair bit of rambling) but we also review a “Supernatural(?)” self-help book, and have 2 listener experiences, plus a very spookily described house in Bekahs Reddit Corner-In-The-Turret! Stay safe, Kev & Bek x     Don't forget, if you want access to over 300+ hours of Patreon only content, head over to: www.patreon.com/weneedtotalkaboutghosts

Welcome back to Season 11 of the "Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning" podcast. Our host, Andrea Samadi, an author and an educator, introduces a compelling 18-week series devoted to self-leadership, drawing on insights from Grant Bosnick's book on the subject. The series, framed through the lens of neuroscience and psychology, aims to empower listeners onto individual pathways of self-discovery. By building stronger and more resilient versions of oneself, we anticipate a transformation in well-being, achievement, productivity, and success. We lay the foundation of this self-discovery journey by looking within – nurturing self-awareness. It is a revisiting of ancient wisdom, as we echo Aristotle's words, "Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom." In conversation with Grant Bosnick, we ponder upon multiple facets of neuroscience and self-leadership. We hope this series evokes new revelations about our neural circuits, catalyzed by the application of neuroscience embedded in each lesson. Being self-aware, acknowledging and overcoming obstacles, and utilizing the forces that propel us, can transform our performance towards our goals in 2024. To fully grasp these concepts and apply them meaningfully, we highly recommend taking your own leadership self-assessment. Equipped with a nuanced understanding of personal strengths and areas of improvement, we hope to inspire a fresh, empowered approach to thinking and leading in 2024. Concluding with a powerful sentiment from Peter Drucker, "Being a self-leader is to serve as chief, captain, president, or CEO of one's own life"—we welcome you to join us in this journey of self-discovery and self-leadership, underpinned by the magnificent world of neuroscience. On today's episode #323 we will begin our Self-Leadership Series based on Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick's “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321.[i] During this interview, I told Grant that his book contained a thorough and deep overview of the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership, that I felt like each of the 18 chapters could be covered in 18 weeks, so I decided to set our season theme to the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership that will be our focus until June of this year. This series will help each of us on our pathways of self-discovery….to get to know ourselves on a deeper level as we build stronger more resilient versions of ourselves in 2024. Since we know that “Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom” Aristotle This is where our podcast began back on episode #2[ii] on Self-Awareness: Know Thyself where we covered 6 Steps for Becoming More Self-Aware back in July of 2019. Remember: Mastering others is strength; mastering oneself is true power” - Lao Tsu While speaking with Grant Bosnick on our recent interview, I let him know that I took his Self-Assessment to leadership that I've linked in the resource section below, and that when I was given my results, I scored very low on some areas where I think I might have answered the questions thinking “I've got this” (in my head) until I actually read his book, and realized there was much more to some of these areas than I thought. So, for the next 18 weeks, we are going to work through the science in Grant's book, and see if we can together, apply the research he's uncovered in his timeless self-leadership principles, to learn something NEW with ourselves, building stronger, more improved 2.0 versions of ourselves with whatever it is we are working on this year. I'm hoping that the science reveals something NEW that you might not have thought of in the past, like we mentioned on PART 4[iii] of our Review of The Silva Method, Dr. Andrew Huberman's research taught us that “when we see something that's truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work. It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative. Dr. Huberman explains that “something pops out at us…we see something, feel, or experience something...this reveals something about our brain/our auditory system, creating NEW meaning for us.” AND “when we see, hear, feel or experience something that's truly creative, the way our neural circuits function is changed. When our neural circuits are changed simply by what comes into our eyes, ears, or the way we experience our feelings, there's a release of chemicals like dopamine that make us feel surprised, delighted or excited in anticipation that we will see it again.” (Dr. Huberman) This is my goal with EACH of these next episodes, covered over the next 18 weeks, with the goal that the application of the neuroscience in each lesson, will change us in some way, create new meaning, giving us NEW AHA Moments, that we can use to accelerate our results in 2024. Before we do this, I highly encourage you to take your own Leadership Self-Assessment so you can see which chapters of Grant's book come out for you as GREEN or important to focus on now, which chapters are ORANGE and not as important, and which ones for you, came out as RED, and low priority. Whatever concepts we learn with each chapter, I hope that the science gives you something NEW to help you to THINK DIFFERENTLY in 2024, and move you to greater heights this year. I'm currently in the middle of studying Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich book, with Paul Martinelli who I've be studying this book every year with since 2019, and he is reminding us on a daily basis that in order to change our results, we must learn to think differently. We opened up our review of our 6 PART Series on Think and Grow Rich back in 2022[iv] with a quote from author Grant Cardone that said:  “In order to get to the next level of whatever you're doing, you must think and act in a wildly different way than you previously have been. You cannot get to the next phase of a project without a grander mind-set, more acceleration, and extra horsepower.” Grant Cardone, author of the 10X Rule: The Only Difference Between Success and Failure[v] This reminds me of Dr. Marshall Goldsmith, the World's #1 Leadership Thinker, who wrote the foreword to Grant's book, of his best-selling book, What Got You Here, Won't Get You There.[vi]  I hope this 18-week series will help us to all THINK and ACT differently in 2024, so we can all break through to new heights this year. In this 18-week Series, we will cover: ✔ Powerful tactics from this NEW award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives. ✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success. ✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system. ✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals ✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels. For today's episode #323, we will be looking at Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals” ✔ What is Kurt Lewin's “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024? ✔ 3 STEPS for Applying Field Theory into our Daily Life to Reach Heightened Levels of Achievement in 2024. DID YOU KNOW: there is a force that drives us towards our goals? On page 20 of Grant's book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, he mentions that “according to Kurt Lewin's Field Theory[vii], a goal is embedded not only in the individual but also exists within the field around the individual. Between us and the target, there is a “drive force” or “drive field” and as we get closer to the target (or the perception of being closer), the strength of the force increases.” When I read this part of the book, I almost fell off my chair. I'm always looking for ways to connect science to age-old principles, and Grant explained something we've been looking at the past year.  We know that our energy field matters whether by the thoughts we are thinking, or the actions that we are taking. We covered this in depth with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov's EP 307[viii] where we bridged the spiritual world with rigorous scientific method. So how can we improve our performance towards a goal, using German-born American social psychologist, Kurt Lewin's Field Theory[ix] that Grant Boswick wrote about in his chapter on Goals? IMAGE: Hand drawn from Kurt Lewin's Force Field Change Explanation[x] I've got 3 STEPS to do this, that go along with an image I hand drew in the show notes. STEP 1 RECOGNIZE THE NEGATIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US AWAY FROM OUR GOALS: Know that whenever we are moving towards a goal, there will be a force that pushes us down from our current state of attaining our goal, (a negative force) and there's also a force that helps us to change (a positive force). Identify the forces that are pushing you down as you move towards your desired end result. In our schools: it could be limited time to study for a test. In our sports environments: it could be our competition, or whoever is at the top of the league. Finally, in our workplaces: it could be a competitor charging lower pricing, and taking all the business in your area. STEP 2 RECOGNIZE THE POSITIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US TOWARDS OUR GOALS: Recognize that just as there is a negative force pushing us down, there are also positive forces that pushes us up, and can assist us to change. It's this force pushing us up that Grant talks about in his chapter on goals. He says that “the closer we get to our target (or perception of being closer to the target) the strength of the force increases.” (Page 20, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Leadership). STEP 3 FIND THE MOMENTUM THAT TAKES YOU TO A NEW LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE:   It's here in the diagram where I drew a RED arrow, showing a person moving from their current state, leveling up to a new, heightened level of performance, when there are MORE positive forces pushing us up, than negative pushing us down. BEFORE we can get to our new heightened level of performance, we must overcome the forces against whatever it is we are moving towards, (like by overcoming our competition) and create as many positive forces to help us to move towards our NEW end result. Create a plan for how you will overcome your resistances, while building up positive forces for change (like through study, identifying ways you can improve your mental and physical health so you can use these forces to push up against the negatives, or from understanding your “why” so this internal force drives you when times are difficult.                                                                                           PUT KURT LEWIN'S FIELD THEORY INTO ACTION INTO YOUR LIFE: So how can we use Kurt Lewin's Field Theory to improve our level of performance towards our goals in 2024? We can create our own, built in weapons that will reduce our known resistances (negative forces) and create new habits that will strengthen the positive forces. Grant had us thinking about this “driving force” as we move towards our goals in Chapter 2 of his book. But right now, we are starting a new year, and many of us will be feeling the resistances that comes along with a New Year. What can we do to get to the point where Grant mentions this “powerful feeling” or excitement as our goals can be seen and felt on the horizon? How can we level ourselves up to the RED arrow I drew in the diagram? If we want to DRIVE change in our organization, (in our schools, sports environments, or workplaces) then our driving force for change will need to be stronger than the resistance to change.   IMAGE CREDIT: Force Field Examples[xi] TO APPLY KURT LEWIN'S FORCE FIELD THEORY: Write out the negative forces that impact your work on a daily basis. Write out the positive forces you have in place. Are there MORE positive driving forces than negative? Where can YOU or YOUR organization improve? REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude this week's episode #323 on “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals” we asked the question “DID YOU KNOW: there is a force that drives us towards our goals?” With this understanding we also looked at the forces that drive us away from our goals. We broke down Kurt Lewin's Field Theory into 3 steps. STEP 1 RECOGNIZE THE NEGATIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US AWAY FROM OUR GOALS Like our competition or whatever it is that's causing us grief on a daily basis as we are working on our goals. Use the diagram in the show notes to list out what forces hold you back from your goals on a daily basis, so you can see them clearly. STEP 2 RECOGNIZE THE POSITIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US TOWARDS OUR GOALS Like knowing our “why” that Simon Sinek[xii] is famous for teaching, that will help us through difficult times, and then think about the weapons we will build into our day to improve our mental and physical health, giving us more capacity towards our goals. We created our TOP 5 Health Staples[xiii] to move us to heightened levels of performance on a Bonus Episode in 2022, and I'm always looking to improve these. While speaking with Dr. Gregory Kelly, I added a 6th Health Staple for Stress Reduction, and am always looking at what else I can add to build a stronger, more resilient version of myself. STEP 3 FIND THE MOMENTUM THAT TAKES YOU TO A NEW LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE:   Once we are clear on the forces that are pushing against us, we can create our own WEAPONS to combat these resistances, helping us to gain that momentum that Grant Bosnick mentioned in his 2nd chapter on Goals. Grant asks us in Chapter 2 to “think about a big goal that you had from the past. When you first started it, how much pull did you feel towards it? Then, as you got closer to achieving it, how much pull did you feel toward it? We can use this pull of “drive force” to propel us as we get (or perceive ourselves getting) closer to our goals. It's a powerful feeling” Grant tells us. I hope that by breaking down Kurt Lewin's Field Theory, it helped to reveal something NEW for all of us that can help all of us to find that RED arrow of heightened achievement, that once we have arrived there, it will be easier for us to keep the momentum going with our 2024 goals. I'll end with a quote to highlight the self-awareness we will build with this lesson. “Being a self-leader is to serve as chief, captain, president, or CEO of one's own life” – Peter Drucker an Austrian American consultant and educator. See you next week for Chapter 3 on Inspiration and Motivation. RESOURCES: Self-Assessment http://www.selfleadershipassessment.com CONTACT grant@grantbosnick.com Website: https://grantbosnick.com/ LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantbosnick/ YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GrantBosnick Learn more about The Tailored Approach to Leadership Book https://grantbosnick.com/books/ Signature Keynotes and Solutions https://grantbosnick.com/signature-solutions/ FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:  YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi   Website https://www.achieveit360.com/  LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/  Facebook:  https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com   Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697   Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi   Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/    REFERENCES: [i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 with Grant ‘Upbeat' Bosnick  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #2 Self-Awareness: Know Thyself https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/   [iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/     [iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 of our Think and Grow Rich Book Study https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/   [v] Grant Cardone, The 10XRule https://www.amazon.com/10X-Rule-Difference-Between-Success/dp/0470627603   [vi] Marshall Goldsmith https://marshallgoldsmith.com/book-page-what-got-you-here/   [vii]  German American Psychologist Kurt Lewin's Field Theory “Field theory and experiment in social psychology” American Journal of Sociology, 44 (6), 858-96, May 1939   [viii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/   [ix] Kurt Lewin's Field Theory https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HERRi8SktJo   [x] IBID   [xi] https://www.edrawsoft.com/force-field-analysis-examples.html   [xii] Simon Sinek https://simonsinek.com/books/start-with-why/   [xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE on “The Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/    

In this masterly episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, host Andrea Samadi offers an enlightening retrospective view of the year 2023's most impactful episodes, focusing primarily on the critically-acclaimed four-part series about The Silva Method. Dive into the archives with Andrea as she revisits this profound exploration of the mind, emphasizing the power of a winning attitude, visualization, and the transformative potential of the Silva Method. The episode is a treasure trove of wisdom, insights, and powerful takeaways, offering listeners a unique blend of personal anecdotes, philosophy, and neuroscience, revolving around the theme of harnessing the mind for unparalleled progress. Tune in and join Andrea on this enriching journey as she uncovers the timeless principles that define success and looks forward to exciting developments on the horizon. Learn the secret techniques of diving into various states of human brain - beta, alpha, theta, delta. The discussion dig deeper into the art of mental screening, visualization and dynamic meditation. Listen on as the Silva Method unfold its potential in transforming everyday lives, envisioning a promising future, and maximizing one's innate creativity. This episode also shares the effective use of Dr. Joe Dispenza's meditations for chakra-opening and energy field-expansion through the studies of Dr. Konstantin Korotkov in conflating spirituality and scientific practices. More importantly, listeners are encouraged to appreciate the power of dreams and REM sleep in unlocking the subconscious and boosting creativity and intuition for problem-solving. Regardless of whether you are a first-time listener just joining us in 2024, or a dedicated follower since the podcast's inception, this episode promises an invigorating learning experience, highlighting the role of the Silva Method in personal growth, and its potential for turning life's stumbling blocks into stepping stones for a brighter future. “Before you look at your future, reflect on your past.” (Sam Ade, author of the book Wisdom Untold[i]). (From top 10 2023)   On today's episode #322 REVIEW of the TOP 4 Episodes from 2023” we will cover: ✔ PART 1: PRACTICING THE 3 STEPS TO ACCESSING THE ALPHA STATE, USING YOUR MENTAL SCREEN FOR HEIGHTENED VISUALIZATION AND MAKING USE OF WHAT YOU SEE. ✔ PART 2: PRACTICE THE 3-SCENES TECHNIQUE WITH A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE ✔ PART 3: TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY AND SLEEP LONG ENOUGH TO LEARN FROM YOUR DREAMS. ✔ PART 4: USE YOUR IMAGINATION TO TAP INTO YOUR CREATIVE MIND. Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives. On today's episode #322 we will be taking a close look at the Top episodes of last year as we reflect on our past year. While we are now in the middle of Q1 of 2024, I still think it's important to “study the past, to define the future” like Confucius said. While thinking about this episode, my good friend and paranormal researcher Ryan O'Neill who we met on EP 203[i] tagged an image he created for me on Facebook, from 11 years ago, and reminded me of this concept when he said “it's good to look back to see how far you travel.”[ii] Ryan's post helped me to stop, reflect on the past 11 years, and see that progress forward happens one step at a time. Imagine yourself at the top of a spiral staircase, looking down, and you'll see how far you've come. Or like Steve Jobs said in his famous speech, it's much easier to connect the dots looking backwards. The graphic Ryan O'Neill created 11 years ago talks about the importance of “always maintaining a winning attitude” and I can say it's not always easy to do this, when times are difficult, (thinking of the stairs we must climb, the barriers or obstacles to break through on the way). We might trip, and it feels like we are going backwards, but maintaining a winning attitude along the way is one of those timeless principles that I know has shaped where I've ended up. IMAGE: The beautiful Bramante Staircase[iii] from the Vatican Museum. What about you, the listener? Take a look at the image in the show notes of the beautiful Bramante Staircase from the Vatican Museum. Imagine yourself at the top, and then reflect back on the past 10 or 11 years of your life, (like looking down a spiral staircase) and think about what do you notice. What timeless principles have kept you on track over the years? Looking backwards, what do you see? This episode is definitely written with you, the listener in mind. Looking back at the past year and the episodes that you were drawn to the most, at the end of 2023, I was initially surprised to see all 4-PARTS of The Silva Method hitting the top of the list. I wanted to Dive Deeper into The Silva Method to see how I could improve my own meditation practice, and I had no idea how impactful this episode series would be. It was actually a video series created by Spotify of my Year in Review that caught my eye. It told me that: PART 1 of The Silva Method was our most downloaded episode ever. I could see that with over 6,000 downloads. Spotify shared this episode was streamed 999% more than our average episode telling me that the topic of improving intuition, creativity and focus is of high interest to the world. That 95 % of our listeners discovered our podcast in 2023. Thank you for tuning in. And 46% of our listeners started listening to us with PART 1 of The Silva Method. Now I'm so glad that I took the time to study and learn The Silva Method alongside our new listeners. For this recap of our TOP episodes from 2023, I decided to review the Top 4 episodes from our Deep Dive into The Silva Method, since they were downloaded significantly more than others, and I've got to say that they are thorough, they require deep thought and effort for the results we are all seeking to be revealed. And only with the application of these episodes, we will learn to “use our mind in a special manner to do astounding things for us, as we'll soon see.” (Jose Silva). What we are talking about in this 4 PART SERIES is The Creative Process. The series was designed to walk us through the steps to take, to turn MIND into MATTER. I'm studying this concept deeply right now, this month with Paul Martinelli with his Think and Grow Rich book study, but this is essentially what this 4 PART series was about. We've all heard of MIND OVER MATTER, but this is not the same. We are not using force here to coerce others to do anything, or to use our will power to urge other people (or ourselves) to do something we want to occur. We are using our MIND (working from the inside-out, rather than using anything or anyone from the outside-in), allowing our MIND to work by DESIGN not DEFAULT. We are teaching ourselves to see the possibility that exists in the world, around us, and show us ALL that we can CREATE whatever it is that we want, using these timeless principles. Before I go on, just look around you right now, and take inventory of what you see. I'm sitting at my desk, in my home office, writing this episode, and I see a few pens, a highlighter, some fancy water to help me to focus while writing, my Rodecaster Pro microphone and audio equipment to the right of my desk. Now look at what you see, and take inventory of where you are right now. Now think, every single thing that you see, was created twice, as it was someone's dream to create the things we see and use in our everyday world. Someone dreamed up the fancy water I'm drinking, or the yellow highlighter, or the high-tech mic that I record these episodes with. My message here is “Don't ever wonder if your idea will work, (there's a market for everything in this world) and think of the opportunity that surrounds you, every day, and with the development of our MIND, we can say for certain that FAILURE is impossible.” We'll cover this closer at the end, but what I'm saying here is not that things will go smoothly for you, with whatever it is that YOU want to create, and that by studying this 4-part series, you'll be able to make all your dreams come true.  This we know isn't how the story goes. There will be ups and downs, twists and turns, and times you will feel defeated. But Napoleon Hill would say this is “temporary defeat” which is not at all a failure. Before seeing the results from Spotify about this 4-PART Series, and even before I decided to cover The Silva Method, I had no idea just how deep the book and program would go, and mentioned that we'll review the online course at a later time, but for now, this review will give us all plenty of new ideas for how to improve our visualization/mental screen method to help skyrocket our short term and long term goals for 2024, and solidify the fact that failure is impossible. I'd love to hear from you what you have thought of this 4-part series, where we tied in the most current brain research to Jose Silva's work, reminding me that “once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”[iv] On today's episode #322, we'll review the 4 parts of The Silva Method and see what else we can add to the strategies learned, keeping in mind that I'm learning and implementing these ideas alongside you, wherever you are listening in the world.  Before we look at The Silva Method, there's something important to think about first, to orient this study in our current year.  It's now the beginning of February, and you've probably already got 2024 planned out already, but before we leap into the actions we are taking in this New Year, if you haven't reflected on the wins you've attained in the past year, this is probably the most important step of closing out an old year, and moving into a new one, and it's never too late for this reflection. I learned this year-end ritual from Jim Bunch[v], who has been walking me through this year-end wrap up for the past 9 years at least, preparing those who tune in all over the world to his method, for a fresh mind moving into the New Year. We did cover his process of creating energy from your 9 environments on EPISODE #103[vi] that launched our year back in 2021, with “The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain.”  On this episode recorded 3 years ago, we reviewed the process of self-reflection, to evaluate the areas of your life (your 9 environments) to notice where energy might be leaking, that you could direct somewhere else in the New Year. This self-reflection activity is a good way to close out an old year, and move into a new one, as it allows you to put some thought into your WINS, and what worked well for you in the past year. He has a printable download that goes with this activity, and what's interesting, is that without looking at your calendar, just by going off the top of your head, see if you can write out some of your wins. Without some deep reflection, you will notice that it's EASY to see the things that went wrong last year (the losses) but to see the WINS, it takes serious thought, because of our built-in negativity bias, that Dr. Rick Hanson tells us to remember--“our brain is like Velcro for negative experiences (we are attracted to the negative experiences) but our positive experiences, slide off like Teflon.” We must be intentional about reflecting on the positives that we incurred, and integrate these wins into our identity, before moving into a New Year. Let the losses roll off us. This practice will guarantee that you are building a stronger, better, more resilient, and improved version of you, each year.   Now for the TOP 4/10 most listened to episodes of 2023-as voted by you, the listener! #1 The Silva Method- Part 1[vii]  This episode opened up with a quote that we went back to often in the year.  “Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method. This episode launched a series taking us on a deep dive into the benefits of developing a meditation practice.  This was before we dove deep into Joe Dispenza's meditations, and a good place to begin to look closer into the depths of our mind.  The goal of this series initially, was to help all of us to reduce stress with this deep mind practice, but also to see if we can learn something new, and refine our practice for those who work in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved focus and concentration towards a specific goal, and in the corporate workplace for ideas to improve creativity and focus. We began this series reviewing Jose Silva and Philip Miele's The Silva Mind Control Method[i] that's based on the Revolutionary Program by the Founder of the World's Most Famous Mind Control Course. On PART 1 of this book review covered:  ✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method ✔ What this program has done for others (in business, the sports world, or just regular people looking to improve their life in some way).  ✔ Ch 2- We met Jose Silva ✔ Ch 3- We looked at How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA). ✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition. ✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization (how to access this screen) and finally  ✔ How to Help Ourselves and Others With this Practice How Do We Use the Silva Method to Access the Alpha State Where All the Magic Begins? STEP 1: HOW TO ACCESS THE ALPHA STATE: YOU CAN ACCES THE ALPHA STATE WHEN YOU FIRST WAKE UP, BEFORE BED, and ANY OTHER TIME YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO RELAX YOUR MIND. The Alpha State is the easiest state to access as we will already be in this state the first 5 minutes after we wake up. Jose Silva suggests the 40 Day Technique to guarantee you are at the Alpha Level where you begin by counting backwards from 100 to 1 for 10 mornings, then you can count from 50-1 for the next 10 mornings, then from 20-1 for 10 mornings, and then 10-1 until you get to 5 to 1.  PUT THIS INTO PRACTICE: Begin using the 100-1 countdown at night, in the morning, or whenever you plan to access the alpha level to begin to improve your current practice. In my first few days of practicing this method before sleep, and the first couple of nights, I fell asleep before I could get to 1. Keep trying. After 10 days, you can progress to the next step, until you are able to access the alpha state from counting from 5-1. Eventually you can access this state quickly, and even while walking around as Dr. Dispenza teaches us.  STEP 2: ONCE YOU REACH THE ALPHA STATE, THEN WHAT? Next, you will learn to use a Mental Screen for Heightened Visualization Once you have accessed the Alpha State, Silva reminds us:  “right from the beginning, from the very moment you reach your meditative level (what he calls accessing the Alpha State), you must learn to practice visualization.  The better you learn to visualize, the more powerful will be your experience with Mind Control.” There's an important part to this visualization process that I have to add here.  I actually started writing this review over the Christmas holiday break, and I'm always looking around for what I can “see” that will add to what I'm writing and then I saw it. In the lobby of a hotel I was staying in, I saw a sand timer sitting on the counter reminding me of this exact concept from a lesson that Brian Proctor shared with us on EP 292[viii]. I thought it was really weird to see a sand timer sitting in the middle of a hotel lobby, but when you pay attention to what you are seeing, there are messages everywhere. Here's what I saw with the sand timer that ties into this lesson. Let go of the past, (the sand that's sitting in the bottom of the timer) it's gone. Next, don't worry about the future, it hasn't happened yet, but what's important is for us to do every day, is to stay focused on the present moment, just like what we learned from Dr. Joe Dispenza. How do we learn to drop into the present moment?  THE SILVA METHOD: With the Silva Method. And we may all be at different stages of our journey here, and we'll have all learned from many different teachers. But for this review, will we be putting Jose Silva's Meditation INTO PRACTICE: When you close your eyes, what do you see? Raise your eyes up a bit (about 20% upwards above the horizon of what you see). Is it black on your mental screen, or can you use your mind to “see” things? Begin with simple things like an orange or an apple. This takes time and practice. This mental screen will help you in many ways as we move through different lessons, and is important, but don't be tied to what you think you should see. We are all at different stages of learning. I started seeing things on the screen of my mind starting in my late 20s, and things would flash sometimes when I was relaxed. I never did have control over what I was seeing. It just happened, and I would either know what I was seeing, or be wondering “what on the earth is that” and with time, effort and practice, I have gained more control over what I'm able to visualize, or “see” on this mental screen, so I can put it to better use. Looking back at this step now, a year after putting it into practice, I noticed if I want to “see” something on the screen of my mind, it helped to say what I wanted to see in thought, and then patiently wait. When I'm relaxed, without trying to force anything, I could then “see” the world on this mental screen.   This is an extraordinary practice to experience. You can be in one part of the world, and running through the mountains in another, all on your mental screen. What you see and feel in your mind can be used to enhance whatever you are working on when you open your eyes, in the “real” world. Isn't this astounding? STEP 3: Now Utilize This Power With time and practice, it will be this screen that you will learn to use, to help yourself and others. You begin with creating simple things, until you are ready to solve small problems in your daily life, from work, to health, and improve learning/creativity. This is the power of putting The Silva Method into practice and it just takes a bit of patience.  PUTTING PART 1 INTO PRACTICE: Just begin here with playing around with what you can create on the screen of your mind in the Alpha State. If you do nothing else, other than these 3 steps, you will experience what William Wordsworth called “a happy stillness of mind.” (Page 27, The Silva Method). Think of this as a journey within your mind. Each day you will be getting better and better, mentally stronger, and remember the quote we opened this episode with? “Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, you will soon see.” (Jose Silva) TO REVIEW PART 1 of THE SILVA METHOD: We covered: ✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method ✔ What this program has done for others. ✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva and learned about his passion for helping others to improve their ability to learn. ✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA). ✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition  using the countdown Method. ✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization ✔ It Will Be This Screen That We Will Use to Help Yourself and Others in Future Chapters. #2 The Silva Method-Part 2[ix] TO REVIEW PART 2 OF THE SILVA METHOD:  We covered: ✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation ✔ The 4 Laws that must be in place BEFORE you visualize something. ✔ We Solved a Problem with 3 STEPS (Problem, Action, Solution) with ideas to use this method for schools, sports or the workplace. ✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory ✔ The 3 Finger Technique If you want to review all of these topics, I'll link each of these episodes in the show notes.  Chapter 3 on Dynamic Meditation involves “training your mind for organized, dynamic activities” that Jose Silva thinks is what our mind was designed for.  He says “once you have reached the meditative level, to simply stay there and wait for something to happen is not enough. It is beautiful and calming and it does contribute to your good health, but these are modest accomplishments compared with what is possible.” This is where The Silva program gets exciting as we step past passive meditation techniques, to use it dynamically to solve problems. Now we'll see why it's so important to perfect what we see on the Screen of our Mind, and why daily practice of these skills is crucial. Let's use our mind for something that's useful for us—something of value. It all begins with our imagination, on this screen of our mind, but Silva says there are 4 important laws we must follow next. The Silva Program says that --Whatever it is that you want, you must: Law 1: You must desire that the event take place. (just like Napoloeon Hill's Think and Grow Rich book. His chapter 2 dove deep into the concept of Desire. Law 2: You must believe the event can take place. We have covered the topic of belief so often on this podcast. When someone has the belief in what they are moving towards, this belief goes deep into their identity, and changes the person so much, that we could look at a photograph of that same person without the belief, and see a completely NEW and changed person, once the belief has been instilled deep within them. Law 3: You must expect the event to take place. Expectation hooks you up to your source, and with action, faith develops as you draw yourself closer to whatever it is you are working on.   Law 4: You cannot create a problem. How Do We Use the Silva Method to Solve a Problem We Are Facing? STEP 1: PICK A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE Follow the steps that will get you into the Alpha Brain State, (counting backwards from 100-1) and then lift your eyes upwards, and with your mind, create a mental screen where you will re-create the problem you want to solve. Relive the problem by seeing it and feeling it. For Schools: A problem could be a poor grade on a test, resulting in a low overall grade. For Sports: The problem could be a losing streak, or poor performance leading to a loss. For the Workplace: The problem could be a lack of sales in your organization, or poor performance somewhere. Pick the problem you want to solve, and visualize it on the screen of your mind. STEP 2: TAKE SOME SORT OF ACTION IN THE PRESENT MOMENT Next, in you mind, you will gently push the problem scene off to the right which Silva explains in his book will represent the PAST. The past is now over, so push the problem aside. Just like the sand timer example in the hour glass from our episode with Brian Proctor. The past is now gone. We are now focused on the PRESENT moment. To the left of the problem, (that represents the PRESENT MOMENT), create a NEW mental screen with the SOLUTION. Whatever you imagine will require ACTION showing you solving the problem. Most of us don't spend time thinking about the present moment or the future. We can easily get bogged down in what happened in the past. This is what I love about Silva's Method. The past is over, moved off to the side and we now focus ONLY on the present (taking action to solve the problem) and the FUTURE, which will highlight the changed outcome. For Schools: A solution could involve a student studying with more focus. For Sports: A solution could involve practicing a skill that is known for needed improvement. For the Workplace: A solution could involve presenting your product to a group of people who see its value, and decide they will purchase a large order. STEP 3: THE SOLUTION Finally, the action you have taken pays off, and you will envision the solution on the screen of your mind. Everything here is positive, and all of the feelings associated with the problem have been resolved. You celebrate the WIN here in as much detail as you can. What does this win feel like? Who's there watching you? What do you hear? What do you see? Involve all of your senses. For Schools: Picture the student celebrating when they see their efforts were rewarded with an A+ grade. This A+ will lead to many more, eventually allowing the student to receive an honor roll award at the end of the year. For Sports: You'll picture your team celebrating when the practice pays off with a WIN that eventually leads to a trophy or award at the end of the season. For the Workplace: You'll picture your team celebrating when they receive the large order that came from the hard work from the recent presentation. The team celebrates by hosting a lunch where all those involved are recognized for their efforts. It's here that you can look back to the past, like through the rear-view mirror we have in our car, and it should look different to you now that you've created a NEW future. You might still be able to “see” and remember things from those days when you had a problem to solve, but now, looking back, my hopes are that the vision of the future changes whatever it was that you didn't like in the past.  The past is over. Now we are living in the present moment, building a new future. These are some examples of using The Silva Method to train our brain towards our desired outcome. Does it always work? No, Silva says, but with time and practice, we'll start to see improvements that we might chalk up to be coincidences. He suggests stopping this practice altogether, and the coincidences will also stop. Start back up again, and they will reappear. You'll see…just practice this, and let me know what YOU see. With practice, the results you will see will be more and more astounding. This entire exercise, with practice, can be done with just 15 minute blocks of time, once you've got the hang of it. #3 The Silva Method- Part 3[x] In Part 3 we covered: ✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA, ALPHA, THETA, DELTA).   ✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.   ✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization   ✔ How to Help Yourself and Others Using a Mental Screen in Our Mind   Before writing this episode, I wondered how exactly could our mind be trained... Was daily meditation not enough? If it was, how do I even know if I'm meditating the right way? What was I missing from my current practice? What can we learn from the years of research behind Jose Silva's popular program that could help all of us to refine our current meditation practice? A year later, Dr. Joe Dispenza's meditations helped me to understand why meditation helps to train our mind, especially with the concept that it opens up our chakras, and expands our energy field, allowing us to have more capacity. Our interview #307[xi] Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on “Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientific Method” gave us the science behind this practice. The quote I chose for PART 3 makes more sense to me today, with a year of practice behind me.   A genius is a man who has discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point when he can freely communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought.” –Napoleon Hill, author of the Best Selling Classic Book, Think and Grow Rich. This ability is available to all of us. Practice each of these parts of the Silva Method and take your time.  In PART 3, we were reminded that Jose Silva took the dream world very seriously, and he was interested in using dreams to solve problems. His programs teach us to first of all remember your dreams and suggests writing them down as soon as we wake up. MAKE SURE YOU ARE SLEEPING LONG ENOUGH TO ACCESS YOUR REM SLEEP: Author Stephanie Gailing reported in her Complete Book of Dreams[xii] that “since dreams that arrive in the early morning are thought to be more vivid and complex” to be sure you are sleeping long enough that you don't miss out on this last REM stage of sleep. How would you know WHEN your REM sleep is? You can use a sleep tracker to measure this. You can see an example below where my sleep was logged with the wearable tracker called Whoop, showing my REM sleep as 53% than my 30-day average. Whoop reminded me that “REM sleep is key to processing new memories, learnings and motor skills.” When I saw this, I immediately wrote down the dream that I had (that I could remember) to see what I could learn from this dream. We've covered dreams on this podcast with EPISODE #224[xiii] with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal on “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions” or EPISODE #104[xiv] with Antonio Zadra and his book “When Brains Dream” and I even took a stab at explaining “Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten” on EPISODE #226[xv] as I've personally been interested in deciphering the messages that come through in our dream state. To find answers in your dreams, first of all, have the intention that you will remember them. Then pay to attention to: -who was in my dream? -what did they say? -what can I learn from this? Like Jose Silva, I take the dream world seriously and find tremendous value from consolidating new learnings and then being open to discovering valuable insights that could possibly help me, or others close to me.  TO PUT PART 3 INTO ACTION: WRITE DOWN YOUR DREAMS as soon as you wake up TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY MAKE SURE YOU ARE SLEEPING LONG ENOUGH TO ACCESS ALL OF YOUR REM SLEEP HAVE CONFIDENCE THAT YOU WILL REMEMBER YOUR DREAMS WRITE DOWN ANY INSIGHTS FROM YOUR DREAMS THAT COULD HELP YOU OR OTHERS CLOSE TO YOU. #4 The Silva Method- Part 4[xvi] For PART 4 we covered: ✔ Ch 8-Your Words Have Power ✔ Ch 9-The Power of Imagination ✔ Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health ✔  We will connect the most current neuroscience research to Jose Silva's program, using Dr. Andrew Huberman's podcast on "The Science of Creativity" ✔  The 3 Parts to Your Creative Brain (Central Executive Network, Default Mode Network, Salience Network). ✔ 2 Types of Thinking Involved with Creativity (Divergent and Convergent) ✔ Putting Creativity to Practice with an example from our schools, sports and modern workplace environments.  with some clear examples and next steps for all of us to APPLY the Silva Method for improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus…right in time for a New Year. This part opened up with the importance of the power of our imagination. This is really what Jose Silva is encouraging us to do with his Method. Open up our creative minds, through the use of our imagination, and CREATE. We talked about it in the beginning of this review, that we ALL have the ability to create something new and that temporary defeat is not the same things as failure. If you are working on something, and it's been a difficult treck from your starting point, to where you'd like to go, take a look back over the past 10 years, from where you are standing now (like you are at the top of a spiral staircase) and see how far you have come. What you do with the Silva Method is up to you. You can practice and refine each part until you're ready for more, and then look up The Silva Ultramind Program. This is when you'll now be taking these concepts and bending your mind in ways I never could have imagined on my own. It's here that I highly suggest looking into Mind Valley[xvii], where Vishen Lakhiani recreated Joe Silva's program with The Silva Ultramind system. NOTE- I'm not affiliated with MindValley in any way. I've just taken this course to keep learning and applying The Silva Method.   You can look through the 30-day curriculum and see how this system was designed to help the learner to “develop their mind …” I don't think reviewing this course on this podcast in words could ever do it justice. You've just got to experience it for yourself and notice what you learn from the meditations tied to each of the lessons. If you got to PART 4 of this program, and nothing creative is jumping out at you yet, keep going. This is what I learned from Ultramind Program: Day 1-5 the program helps you to develop and use the mental screen in your mind. I love the activity on Day 5, “projection into your home” because it taught me to become familiar with my own home, a place I see every day, in a whole new way, helping me to open my eyes to the beauty not just in front of me every day, but in the rest of the world. Days 10-15 the program helps us to perfect the “3 scenes technique” and create whatever it is that our heart desires. We learn about psychometry, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and clairsentience. That's all it I'm going to say about this program other than how it's something that has to be experienced. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude EP 322 and our review of the 4 PARTS of the Silva Method, I've got to say that the goal of this 4 PART review of Jose Silva's Program, was to encourage all of us to see if we could learn something new, to take our results to new heights in 2024. Before I began this review, I had no idea just how deep the book and program would go, or how much our listeners would be drawn to these lessons. If you are one of the 46% of our new listeners who found our podcast from PART 1 of The Silva Method, I want to welcome you, and thank you for tuning in this year. Our past listeners will know that we cover topics to help us to take our results to new heights tying the most current neuroscience research to improve productivity and results in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces, and The Silva Method is about self-mastery, self-awareness and learning to look within for answers. I'd love to know what you have learning from implementing The Silva Method in your life. Send me a message and let me know. THEN PRACTICE: And keep refining each part. PART 1: PRACTICING THE 3 STEPS TO ACCESSING THE ALPHA STATE, USING YOUR MENTAL SCREEN FOR HEIGHTENED VISUALIZATION AND MAKING USE OF WHAT YOU SEE. PART 2: PRACTICE THE 3-SCENES TECHNIQUE WITH A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE PART 3: TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY AND SLEEP LONG ENOUGH TO LEARN FROM YOUR DREAMS. PART 4: USE YOUR IMAGINATION TO TAP INTO YOUR CREATIVE MIND. Remember that if you do nothing else than practice the 3 steps in PART 1, you will be experiencing what William Wordsworth called “a happy stillness of mind.” (Page 27, The Silva Method). If you want to go beyond PART 4, look up MindValley's Ultramind Course. And with that, I'll close out this episode, and encourage all of us to keep learning, growing and practicing what we are learning. Like the quote we used for PART 4 of this review from Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The ability to be creative resides in everybody.” Keep working on looking how you can “reveal something new to the world, something entertaining, thrilling or useful) that changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.”  If you get stuck here, just look around you, at all the creative ideas you can see.   If you are still stuck, think about this. The oldest person alive today is 116 year old. Go back 116 years ago, and this is not far off from when The Wright Brothers discovered the ability to fly an airplane. (1903). Think of all the inventions made over the past 100 years, and then imagine someday, that something that YOU create, could possibly be sitting on my desk, used by the world like the fancy water I'm drinking, or the Rodecaster Pro microphone.   What will you create with The Silva Method?   If you are stuck in temporary defeat, find something that inspires you to get unstuck, and keep moving. I find inspiration and motivation in people who move quickly past difficult times and challenges, as well as in things. Look up some of the oldest Cathedrals in Europe and imagine the creativity behind these buildings. Then keep going.   Let me know what you create…and I'll see you next week.     RESOURCES:   MEDITATION  1: How to Enter the Alpha Level of Mind, Step by Step Process, The Silva Method https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpMJWT6EsNs MEDITATION 2: Jose Silva Method Alpha Exercises by Sommer Leigh Published on YouTube June 2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5SY0kajVITA MEDITATION 3: 20 Minute Silva Centering Exercise with Vishen Lakhiani https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h_4GDXWBPCk   Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/   Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus.  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/   Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #263 PART 3 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/     REFERENCES:   [i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#203 with Ryan O'Neill  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/   [ii] Ryan O'Neill Facebook https://www.facebook.com/SuccessCoachRyan/posts/pfbid013GKasSayhQPi28Qui7rhUZiyFnvVdhHJgApfrHjANM6CXzFbkYCTYa12Z6PmTsXl?comment_id=697035065922357&reply_comment_id=7281858451877023¬if_id=1706773747021477¬if_t=comment_mention&ref=notif   [iii] https://www.cnn.com/style/article/spiral-staircases/index.html   [iv] Email Andrea Andrea@achieveit360.com   [v] https://jimbunch.com/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#103 The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain for Our Best Year Ever  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-leadership-3-ways-to-reset-recharge-and-refuel-your-brain-for-your-best-year-ever/   [vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/   [viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #292 with Brian Proctor on “My Father Knew the Secret”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-proctor-on-my-father-knew-the-secretgrowing-up-with-bob-proctor/   [ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus.  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/   [x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #263 PART 3 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/   [xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on “Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientific Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/   [xii] Stephanie Gailing Complete Book of Dreams Published October 20, 2020  https://www.amazon.com/Complete-Book-Dreams-Illustrated-Encyclopedia/dp/1577152131   [xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #224 with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal who Explains “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions: Expanding Our Awareness into the Mysteries of Our Brain During Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-neuroscientist-drbaland-jalalexplainssleepparalysislucid-dreaming-andpremonitionsexpandingour-awareness-into-the-mysteries-ofourbrainduring-sl/   [xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #104 with Antonio Zadra on “When Brains Dream” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-scientist-antonio-zadra-on-when-brains-dream-exploring-the-science-and-mystery-of-sleep/   [xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#226 “Using Neuroscience to Explain Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-neuroscience-to-explain-why-our-dreams-are-so-weird-highly-emotional-and-often-forgotten/   [xvi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/   [xvii] www.mindvalley.com      

Contrary to common belief stress, anxiety and burnout is not caused by your boss, your colleagues and your bad environment. Even less is it related to the amount of work you have to do. In this episode you will hear about the deep underlying reasons of anxiety, stress and burnout and where they stem from. I'm also sharing not one but a few approaches to solve them. 3-Day Purpose Evolution Quest:

Episode Highlights With Dr. Patrick PorterWhat BrainTap is and how he developed itThe Silva Method and how it influences brain entrainmentWhat brain entrainment is and how to use this to your advantage A PTSD study they did with moms of autistic children and the surprising results Our bodies learn from our environment and how we can use this with light, sound, and vibration to help our nervous systems relax What psychoimmunology is and why this is important to understand Your brain isn't just located between your ears — every cell of your body responds to its environmentHe has scanned over 30,000 brains! Most brains are operating in delta and why this isn't optimal (and how to shift it)Beta and alpha brain waves and what they doAlpha is the intuitive mindHow to reset your nervous system quickly His tip on caffeine and why it's worth waiting a while before drinking coffee in the morningThe importance of prayer or breathwork before eating for nervous system healthHis best breathwork strategies and how to do them with your kidsWhy sugar is bad for the brain Resources We MentionBrainTapThe Silva Mind Control Method: The Revolutionary Program by the Founder of the World's Most Famous Mind Control CourseAwaken the Genius: Mind Technology for the 21st Century by Patrick Porter, Ph.D

Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives. Welome back to PART 7, of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own personal and professional lives. Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne's The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it's the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever. If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] (that I'm going to revisit after this study is complete) the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives. I'm currently studying Hill's “Think and Grow Rich” with Paul Martinelli[v], who teaches this book like no one else and I'm constantly reminded of how important our ability to “think” really is. Napoleon Hill titled his book with four simple words. He picked “think and grow” as the first three, and we covered in this series the power of our thoughts. Now, we are learning through the words of Wallace D. Wattles, that once we know how to think and grow, we can next add the rich part, and he shows us there is a science to this. I always add that it's not just rich financially, but we grow rich in our knowledge, rich in our potential, and we need money to keep learning, and growing, so yes, rich financially. Bringing us to Chapter 11: ACTING IN THE CERTAIN WAY Have you noticed that up until now, we have been focused on THINKING in a CERTAIN way in this book study? Now we are at a pivotal part of the book where we must shift from thinking, to now ACTING IN A CERTAIN WAY. This chapter caught me off guard while writing this review and was a huge AHA Moment of learning for me. I've been studying this book since June of 1999 when I attended my first live seminar with Bob Proctor on this book, and I sold this event over a span of 6 years, meaning that I had to convey to others what this seminar was about, in order for them to attend. It hit me when I got to this chapter, on “Acting in the Certain Way”, that up until NOW, 25 years later, I realized I wasn't thinking at all while reading, studying and learning this book. You know when you read something quickly, you can miss the meaning? Granted, this isn't the easiest book to read, written in 1910 with abstract concepts on thinking in a certain way that I didn't really understand. I thought this was ANOTHER chapter on “Thinking AND Acting” in this certain way and wondered why he wrote the book with ANOTHER chapter like Chapter 4, where he already covered “The First Principle in the Science of Getting Rich” that was about the power of our thoughts.  I misread the title that says “Acting in This Certain Way” and I MISSED the point that Wattles was making. This is why it's important to study these classic books on success, year after year, revealing new truths of understanding for us. Wattles spent the FIRST 10 chapters of the book talking about the importance of our thinking, and only now, at Chapter 11, did he approaching the Acting part of the syllabus. Another part of this book that I missed is that Wattles repeats the syllabus over and over again the book, but he doesn't read the whole syllabus at once. He adds the parts he is covering in each chapter, revealing a bit more of the syllabus for us, as we progress through the book. He only reveals the part of the syllabus on Acting in the Certain way at the END of this chapter when he adds the lines “That they may receive what he wants when it comes, a person must now ACT upon the people and things in his environment.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles).  A PERSON MUST ACT, AS WELL AS THINK: Wattles opens up Chapter 11 by bridging the first 10 chapters we've just read when he says “Thought is the impelling force that causes the creative power to act; thinking in a Certain Way will bring riches to you, but you must not rely on thought alone, paying no attention to personal action.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles). Once we perfect Thinking in This Certain Way, it's time to move onto Acting in This Certain Way. When I read the line “A person must act as well as think” (on line 10 of Chapter 11) I know it means taking action on whatever it was that we want, but I couldn't help but think of Stella Adler's The Art of Acting here, that we covered on EP 288[vi] last May. It was TODAY, January 15th, 2016, 8 years ago, that I attended my last live seminar with Proctor where I wrote about him talking on stage with Oscar Award Winner Phil Goldfine. Phil was a master at “Acting” in this Certain Way and I mean taking action, that would lead him to WHATEVER goal he had, whether it was what he did to become an Oscar Award winner, or the daily training he endured. In an article written about him in 2019, “Oscar and Emmy winner Phil Goldfine shares the five things you need to know to succeed in show business”[vii]  his first tip is to take “Action, action, action….every day to get things done.” It's this chapter of the book that I think can change a person's ENTIRE life, if they read this early in their lives. The action that we take, on a daily basis really matters. There's many layers of meaning in this chapter, and I hope to unravel them all in this review, tying together many of our recent episodes, like Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, that jumps out at me while reading this chapter. On line 19 of Chapter 11, Wattles says “By thought you can cause the gold in the hearts of the mountains to be impelled towards you. But it will not mine itself, refine itself, coin itself into double eagles, and come rolling along the roads into your pockets.”  Like Phil Goldfine said “It takes action, action, action.” Next Wattles reviews ALL concepts in prior chapters by saying “You must give each person more in use value than he gives you in cash value (and that) you must use your faith and purpose to positively impress your vision upon the formless substance, which has the same desire for more life than you have. And, this vision, received from you, sets all the creative forces at work in and through their regular channels of action, but directed toward you…(and) All you have to do is retain your vision, stick to your purpose, and maintain your faith and gratitude.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). Then he says it. “You must act in this certain way” and if you can hear what “this certain way” is especially for young adults, this concept is worth all the gold in the mountains that Wattles was describing. I'm so grateful to have started to read this book in my late 20s, but I'm 52 now, and still “sharpening” these ideas. Wattles gives us what I think is one of the “key secrets” to Thinking AND Acting in This Certain Way here when he says “By thought, the thing you want is brought to you. By action, you receive it.” If I was to write ANYTHING down, or highlight anything, it's where Wattles bridges the concept of Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way. Next he warns us that “if you act in the present with your mind in the future, present action will be with a divided mind and it will not be effective. Put your whole mind into present action.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). Isn't that what Dr. Joe Dispenza taught us with his “Predictable Timeline” where we must learn to focus on the present moment? Wattles describes this similarly, but adds an important angle by saying “You cannot act where you are not. You cannot act where you have been (the past), and you cannot act where you are going to be (in the future). You can only act where you are.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman This is what I think changed everything I do in all areas of my life. Even though I missed the title of Chapter 11, these next three words come into my head over and over again over the years. He says, “Do not dwell on whether yesterday's work was well or poorly done. Do today's work well. Do not try to do tomorrow's work now, there will be plenty of time to do that when tomorrow comes.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). Then he reminds us “Do not wait for a change of environment before you act. Cause a change of environment through action.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). Whenever you are unhappy in your present environment, Wattles suggests to “act on your present environment with all your heart and with all your strength and with all your mind. Hold the vision of yourself in the right business –with the purpose to get into it and the faith that you will get into it. But, act in your present business.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). I've been in exactly this spot, where I've known I'm in the wrong place of work, and the natural urge is to stop working hard, and focus on the place of work that you desire to be in, but Wattles would say this is not going to get you there according to his “Science.” He would suggest that you “hold the vision of yourself in the job you want, while you act with faith and purpose on the job you have, and you will certainly get the job you want.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). “You vision and faith will set the creative forces in motion to bring it towards you. And, your action will cause the forces in your own environment to move you towards the place you want.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). As you take action in your present environment, you will begin to change, and will outgrow your present environment, preparing you for the NEW environment you will be moving towards. As you move towards it, it also begins to move towards you. How does this happen? This is where Wattles timeless book, connects back to what we covered in such depth with Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich. By “Thinking” and “Acting” in this certain way, we change our frequency or vibration, until we are on the same frequency as whatever it is that we want. Wattles ends this chapter, by revealing the last part of the syllabus on Acting in the Certain way when he adds the lines “That he may receive what he wants when it comes, a person must ACT now upon the people and things in his present environment.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles).  Not past environment, and not future environment. ACT NOW. ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 11 into PRACTICE: Write out in clear detail what it is that you WANT. I remember the first time I did this activity, I sketched a house that I wanted to live in (that looks a lot like the house I'm currently living in), and see if you can strengthen how you see what you want on the screen of your mind. Next, write out some next steps, or actions you can take, to bring what you want closer to you. This is where I always will say to “DREAM BIG” or be careful what you wish for, or dream about, because you may just end up one day living the dream in reality, that you shaped so carefully on the screen of your mind. CHAPTER 12: EFFECTIVE ACTION Just as there is an effective and ineffective way to THINK, there is also an effective and ineffective way to ACT. What is effective action? When we take any productivity course, we learn how to plan our day the night before, so we can make use of the time in our day. Time wasting is one of my biggest pet peeves. I don't like wasting my time, or other people's time and it's probably because I can see how detrimental it can be for my own goals as well as other people's. Wattles believes in not just taking action in the present moment, but by making sure it's EFFECTIVE action with EVERYTHING that you do.  This is why I like interviewing others, especially those who are high performing, to see how they THINK and ACT, every day, to hit such high levels of achievement. While writing these episodes, I do like to go back and look at past interviews to see how connections can be made, and revisiting EP 38[viii] and EP 166[ix] makes sense here, to see how pro athletes and their coaches THINK and ACT in this certain way to attain such high levels of achievement. When you watch a professional at work, you'll see it. They are involved in effective action. Wattles brings our attention to the fact that every day is either a SUCCESS or a FAILURE and it matters what ACTION we take every day. Funny thing, while writing this episode, my oldest daughter came to me with something I had to sign for her school work (high school level) with any suggestions I might have for her to improve on.  She passed me this sheet of paper and said “just sign it and say you agree with it” and I read what she had written and she hasn't even completed the sentences on the page she asked me to sign. She was not taking effective action, and was asking me to sign and say I was ok with her putting in half the effort. You'd better believe this led to a discussion on doing your best with EVERYTHING you do. Taking EFFECTIVE ACTION is not just for our work, it's for how we live our life. Do we make our bed with half the effort? Do we wash up half the dishes? Do we clean half of our house, or keep only half of the interiors of our cars clean? If we can teach this concept to our children when they are young, they will be living one of the most important and timeless lessons I've seen in all my years studying the characteristics of high performers. Wattles reminds us in this chapter that “the world is advanced only by those who more than fill their present places.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and that “every day is either a successful day or a day of failure.” This sentence almost haunts me with my daily work when he says “if there is something that must be done today and you do NOT do it, you have failed insofar as that thing is concerned.” (Chapter 12, SGR Wattles). Have you ever said you will do something, like go to the post office to mail something for an example, and the day gets away, and you have not done the things that you said you would do, Wattles would say that you have FAILED with that action. When you fail to take action, you mess up all of the future possibility associated with the action you were supposed to take. He says “You cannot foresee the results of even the most trivial act. You do not know the workings of all forces that have been set moving on your behalf.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles). THINK to all the times when massive change happened in your life. I bet it was because you were taking efficient action and it was not by chance or luck. So, if I write down I'm going to the Post Office tomorrow, I will be haunted by Wattles words, until I have done what I said I was going to do. “Do, every day, all that can be done that day.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles). He does remind us that we are “not to overwork or to rush blindly into our business in the effort to do the greatest possible number of things in the shortest possible time.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).  “Do every day, all that can be done today.” to live with EFFICIENT ACTION consistently every day. But, if for some reason something does not get completed, it goes at the TOP of the list to be completed tomorrow and I remember “It's not the number of things that I do, but the efficiency of each separate action that counts.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles). He also says that “every action is either weak or strong. When every one is strong, you are activating in the certain way that will make you rich. Every act can be made strong by holding your vision while you are doing it and by putting the whole power of your faith and purpose in it.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) Aim to do everything with strength and he says that “every success (you encounter) opens up the way to other successes. Successful action is cumulative in its results.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles). This is incentive enough to always do our very best. “Do every day, all that you can do that day, and do each act in an efficient manner” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and you will find the right balance for you. Wattles ends this chapter by slightly changing the closing statements on the syllabus to bring us to where we are now in our study, by reading the syllabus as we know it, and adding “He must form a clear mental picture of the thing he wants. And, he must do with faith and purpose all that can be done each day—doing each separate thing in an efficient manner.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles). If you do what Wattles suggests here, and turn The Science of Getting Rich into a habit, I can guarantee that: “When riches begin to come, they come so quickly, in such great abundance, that one wonders where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill). ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 12 into PRACTICE: Write out the list of what you intend to accomplish the night before your work day, and while going about your day, ask yourself “did I execute that task with effective action?” Next to each of your daily tasks, put a check mark if you think you accomplished this. If not, work on doing all you can, effectively, every day, until you can honestly put a check mark next to everything that you do. EXTEND THIS ACTIVITY Once you have begun to execute every task effectively, and it becomes a habit, keep your eyes open for doors that open up to because of this. This is what I would like to know. If you have noticed that you were able to advance yourself forward in this way, using these principles, please send me a message.[x] I'm always looking for people who THINK and ACT in this Certain Way. CHAPTER 13: GETTING INTO THE RIGHT BUSINESS I always remember LOVING this chapter because it separates those who will work hard for what they want, from those who won't. Wattles says “success in any particular business depends for one thing upon you possessing in a well-developed state the faculties required in that business.” (Chapter 13, Wattles) He reminds us that “Without good musical faculty no one can succeed as a teacher of music” and he goes on to explain that many people can be working in a certain field (he gives examples like blacksmiths and carpenters who have excellent mechanical ability) “but they do not get rich.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). It's here that Wattles talks about the “various faculties of your mind” that are the “tools with which you must do the work which is to make you rich.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). He says “it will be easier for you to success if you get into a business you are well-equipped with mental tools.” He's talking BEYOND our God-given talents and abilities. It will be with the use of our “mental tools” or the “Faculties of our Mind” that will bring us riches. We covered going beyond our five senses, developing the Six Higher Faculties of the Mind on EP 294.[xi] Have you ever wondered “where am I best fitted?” in your career? It's here we must do some soul searching and answer the question we asked in PART 6 of this series. What is YOUR desire that's seeking expression with and through you? This desire in you is “the urge of the Original Substance, containing all the possibilities of life.” Listen to the quiet voice within you to know for certain that you are working in the right business because that “desire” seeking expression with and through you has tremendous power. “Where there is a strong desire to do a thing, it is proof that the power to do it is strong and only needs to be developed and applied in the right way.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). It's this desire, with this power attached to it, that will keep you working and applying effort during difficult times. He says “ Do not be afraid to make a sudden or radical change if the opportunity is presented and if you feel, after careful consideration, that it is the right opportunity” and don't worry you will end up in the wrong place, or miss the boat for the right place, because “as you go on in the certain way, opportunities will come to you in increasing numbers.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 13 into PRACTICE: Chapter 13 ends with a reminder of the syllabus to “do all you can in a perfect manner every day, but do it without haste, worry, or fear. Go as fast as you can, but never in a hurry. When you see yourself hurrying, stop. Fix your attention on the mental image of what you want and begin to give thanks that you are getting it. This exercises of gratitude will never fail to strengthen your faith and renew your purpose.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). He's asking us in Chapter 13 to make sure we are living Chapters 4 (thinking in the certain way) 14 (the impression of increase) by reaching for more of what you want, and 7 (by connecting ourselves to our source with a deep feeling of gratitude). REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude PART 7 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, we covered: Chapter 11: ACTING IN THE CERTAIN WAY Where we looked at the importance of how “A person must act as well as think.” We spent some time on separating THINKING in a CERTAIN way (that Wattles covered in the first 10 chapters of the book) to “Acting in the Certain Way” that he covers in Chapters 11-17. We did an activity at the end of this chapter where we sketched out what we WANT on the screen of our mind (Thinking in this Certain Way) with action steps to take by (Acting in this Certain Way) to bring whatever it is towards us. CHAPTER 12: EFFECTIVE ACTION Where Wattles reminded us to “Do, every day, all that can be done that day.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and of the importance of being effective with our daily actions. The activity we did at the end of this chapter was for us to self-evaluate whether we think we were effective with our daily tasks by putting a check mark next to our daily tasks if we thought that we performed them effectively. We extended this activity by making it a habit, to always execute our daily tasks effectively. Don't do anything half-way. Do all that you can effectively, in one day, without rushing. CHAPTER 13: GETTING INTO THE RIGHT BUSINESS It's here we revisit the question: What is YOUR desire that's seeking expression with and through you? And we make sure that we are doing everything we can every day, efficiently, while holding the image of what we want, and being grateful for every single good thing that comes our way. While writing these steps, it feels a bit like juggling. We started this book study by juggling the concepts of chapters 4, 14 and 7, (and were urged to read these chapters for 90 days so we can solidify the ideas into our mind), and then we started to work through the chapters of the book with the first 10 chapters being about Thinking in a Certain Way, and the last 7 are about Acting in a Certain Way. And if we can learn to juggle the chapters of this book, with accuracy, and not drop any concepts, we will meet with riches that will come so quickly and  “in such great abundance, that (we will wonder) where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill). It's here that I can go back to PART 5 of our review, where we started into the chapters of this book and I'll read this again. At this point of our review, I look at what Wattles wrote here, and I don't think he's far off. He says: We have learned specific ways to THINK and ACT, that make sense to me that when we sharpen about mental abilities, and follow the formula that Wattles suggests, that Failure of What You Want, is Impossible. What do you think? Do you think that there is a Science of Getting Rich? CHAPTER 14: THE IMPRESSION OF INCREASE We covered Chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase on EP 316[xii] in PART 3 of our review.  We started this review with Chapters 4/14/7 in this order, because this was the order that we recommended to me to study this book for maximum results. CHAPTER 15: THE ADVANCING MAN I love this chapter!  Especially when I see this in others. This is not as easy to see in ourselves, since it takes time for us to see our own advancements, until one day, we look back, and BAM, we see it. Then we wonder, “How on the earth did we get to where we ended up?” or as Hill says, that one day, when we least expect it “we will meet with riches that will come so quickly and  in such great abundance, that (we will wonder) where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill). Like Ryan O'Neill, from EP 203[xiii] who I watched over time, completely transform his career, reading this book. It's actually Ryan's copy of the book that I used in every graphic for each of these sessions.   Wattles says that “the advancing man who holds to a clear mental image of himself as successful and who obeys the laws of faith, purpose and gratitude—will cure every curable case he undertakes, no matter what remedies he many use.” (Chapter 15, SGR, Wattles). CHAPTER 16: SOME CAUTIONS This chapter is important to read to see what Wattles believes we should be “cautious” about. BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU SPEAK ABOUT: I'll never forget this line where he says “Never speak of times as being hard or of business conditions as being doubtful. Times may be hard and business doubtful for those on the competitive plane, but they can never be so for you. You can create what you want to create and you are above fear. When others are having hard times and poor business, you will find your greatest opportunities.” (Chapter 16, Wattles). This one is essential for anyone and everyone to practice. I remember in my early days of sales, that when someone would ask “how's business?” and it was difficult (it was never easy) I would say “BOOMING!” regardless of how it really was going. This is a habit that will get you through the rough snowstorms, and blizzards of life. I remember this caution now without even trying. Things were not easy for me in my early days of living in the US, but I knew they would be what would give me my character, backbone and determination to get me through the difficult times that are a natural part of this thing called life. You'll never hear me complaining of those days when money was tight, because looking back now, there was so much to be grateful for in those lean years. NEVER ALLOW YOURSELF TO FEEL DISAPPOPINTED: This one is valuable. You will save yourself so much heart ache if when something doesn't work out the way you want, that you grab hold of the lessons learned and keep moving. Wattles suggests “You may expect to have a certain thing at a certain time and not get it at that time. This will seem to be a failure. But, if you hold to your faith, you will find that failure is only apparent. Go on in a certain way, and if you do not receive that thing, you will receive something so much better that you will see that the seeming failure was a prelude to a great success.” (Chapter 16, Wattles, SGR). Practice this one. I can only say from experience that this one ALWAYS works. I rarely quote my Dad, but I will here. He used to always say “Andrea, what's for you, won't go by you” and this is true. You will never miss the boat for something that is meant for you. I've heard this said another way that if you miss the boat at some point, and the opportunity was meant for you, don't worry, keep working, and the boat will come back for you, time and time again, until you jump on it. STUDY THIS BOOK: He suggests to “make it your constant companion until you have mastered the ideas contained in it.” (Chapter 16, Wattles). Isn't this the truth. While you may come across some parts of the book that you disagree with, find out dated, or old fashioned, if you can get the main points of the book where he teaches us to THINK in a Certain way (Chapters 1-10) and then how to ACT in a Certain Way (Chapters 11-17) I'm certain your life will change. When we can make these concepts a habit, we will certainly notice that money flows easily to us and like I mentioned in the beginning of this study, once we have mastered these principles ourselves, our next course of action it to go out and see how we can help others. CHAPTER 17: REVIEW Wattles writes his review of this book in just over 2 pages. For those people closest to me, they know that I have a really hard time saying anything I think is important, in just a few words. To close out this book study, I can see that by far, the most important part of this review is The Syllabus. Maybe this is a lesson for me to learn. The Science of Getting Rich is ALL about the Syllabus. This  whole book can be summed up in 5 paragraphs, not 17! I have this Syllabus laminated so I can pin it up on my office wall to be read next to my goals. It's easy to look back now that we've reached the end of this study, and I can tell you that I sold this seminar without truly understanding the contents of this book, until now, 25 years later. I mentioned that I missed the fact that the first 10 chapters were about Thinking in this Certain Way, and the last 7 were about Acting in this Certain Way, and I wonder what else could I have missed, which is why Wattles suggests keeping this book as your Companion until you achieve the results you are looking for. So, if I read the book, without completely understanding it, implementing SOME, not ALL of Wattles concepts, and STILL created everything I've ever wanted over the years, (all the goals I've ever written out I've attained so I keep adding new ones each year for continual growth) then I can say to you, the listener, to just read the book, begin your study, and let me know where it takes you. You don't need to understand or implement EVERY chapter, but just begin.  I know there is so much more for me to learn, but what a life we can create, when we think it's IMPOSSIBLE to fail. I just saw that Lewis Howes, the podcaster who runs The School of Greatness Podcast, just covered Rhonda Byrnes[xiv], who read this book, was never the same, and used the concepts she learned from this book to form the ideas you see in the movie, The Secret[xv]. If you want to hear Rhonda Byrne's thoughts on this subject, I'll link this episode with her and Lewis in the show notes. She has some incredible tools that can help people to create prosperity thinking, which I thought is the MOST important part of this book study. To review and conclude this book study, I thought a good way to end this study would be with a practical real-life lesson learned attached to each of the 7 PARTS of this study, so we can begin to think about applying these concepts in our own daily lives. Putting PART 1 into ACTION: Prosperity Consciousness FINDING THE JOY IN LEAN OR DIFFICULT TIMES  “Money doesn't bring you happiness, but happiness brings you money.” (Lewis Howes, The School of Greatness). If any of you are listening to this series, and think you have a poverty mindset, join the club. This is where I was BEFORE studying this material, and it's been a process for me along the way. I told my story of running out of gas when I only had $16 in my bank account, but I knew in those early days (around 2001) how important prosperity thinking was and being truly happy, even in those lean times, since I was still selling this seminar back then. I look back now to those early days, and those difficult times hold such joy for me. It sounds odd to say this, but they really do. I remember working as a nanny at one of Arizona's most beautiful resorts, and I could hear the birds singing, while walking with someone's youngster, trying to create mystery and intrigue for them walking through the resort. I knew all of the “secret” passageways and would take young kids through these passage ways telling them the stories that only the walls could tell. They listened to my stories, and scavenger hunts with their eyes open wide. Prosperity thinking took me some time, but the key to all of it was to find the “joy” when times were difficult, and then be open to what I would discover.  Where would these lean times lead me? While experiencing those moments of “joy” I know I felt it from the inside out, and gave my best to each family I worked and interacted with. At the end of providing the best service, giving them more in “use” value with each family, I often received very large tips. Back then, a large tip for me was over $100. I'll never forget the families who gave back to me when I most needed this money, allowing me to remember when I was able to, I would do the same. “Every person naturally wants to become all they are capable of becoming...Success in life is becoming what you want to be.” Wallace D. Wattles Putting PART 2 into ACTION: The First Principle of the Science of Getting Rich: Getting Comfortable with Money This is a hard one to do when money is lean. How do you hold it, feel it, and get comfortable with it, when you haven't got it? In this chapter, I showed a photo of Grant Cardone and his children playing a game where they were fishing for $100 bills. If you can play games with money, even Monopoly money, teaching our children what it looks and feels like to touch it, hand it out, have a lot of it, throw it up in the air, you will be teaching them to become comfortable with money. Money is not to be feared. We can ALL earn it. It's given to us in exchange for services rendered. So how do I teach my children to become comfortable with money? When money was tight, (before I had my own kids) I showed children I worked with to see the natural beauty around them. We didn't spend any money on our nature walks, talking of the past history of some of Arizona's most precious landmarks, opening their eyes to ways they could create an innovate in their futures. These nature walks were behind the books I would write in the future. Now I have my own children, and want to teach them to be comfortable with money, and not fear it, so once in a blue moon, I will say when I have set aside some extra money, we will go to the shopping mall, and find something that we REALLY love. The important part with this shopping spree is that we DO NOT look at the price on the label of what we find. This is difficult, because we WANT to, but I instruct them to pick something, and they must not know the price. Not being afraid to spend money, if you have it, is important for getting comfortable with money. Also, not being afraid it will be spent, and you won't have any more.  We were at the mall, and our oldest daughter needed a pair of sunglasses. She had a concussion in the summer, and she was still sensitive to sunlight, and needed a pair. Instead of looking at the $20 glasses in one of the stores, I said to her “why don't you try on a pair of those sunglasses” as we walked passed some beautiful glasses all in cases. These were designer glasses and not something a teenager would usually buy, but for the point of learning this lesson (it was once in a blue moon) so she agreed to try on some glasses from this section she would normally not be looking in. She found 2 pairs. One was much cheaper than the first pair. I told her to NOT look at the price, but she did, and then the sales clerk came by and spoiled my plan when she said “oh these ones are double the price of those.” I knew she loved the expensive pair. I could just tell. When I asked her which pair she wanted, she picked the cheaper pair, and I asked her if she picked the cheaper pair to save us money, and she said “yes.” So, I said, “she would like this pair” and handed her the pair that was double the price. Now I can't make this up, but this is the whole reason why it's important to not look at pricing and pick what you love, if you have the money and not be afraid that you'll spend it all, never to have any more again. When the sales clerk rang up the expensive pair of glasses, she got this weird look on her face. She kept typing in numbers, and then she said “I don't know what's happening, but this pair, that should be double to price, is ringing up much less than the other pair you were looking at.” She knew what the price was, but there was a glitch in her system that she said would be more work to fix, so she charged us much less, for the expensive pair of glasses. #Mindset #Thinking #Thoughts #TheScienceofGettingRich #WallaceDWattles #Prosperity #WaltDisney #ArtLinkeletter #Abundance  Putting PART 3 into ACTION: Living the Impression of Increase So how do we take this concept and put it into action in our daily lives? It's all about taking the focus off ourselves, and directing it towards others. Since all people seek this increase, if we become someone who inherently gives this to others, we will become in demand. The example I wanted to share here is that we can all give increase to others, even if we are living in lean or difficult times ourselves, we just need to be aware, so we can act quickly. This is where I've got to say that I am guilty of sometimes not being aware. Sometimes I'm standing in line at a grocery store, and just zoning out, thinking of all the things on my plate. Go back 20 years, when I was in my lean times, and I was exactly the same. If we want to LIVE the impression of increase every day, we've got to be aware. One day, I was standing in line to pay for groceries, and this was a time when I had to make the money I was earning stretch far. I was tired, and was not paying attention to the fact that the guy ahead of me was trying to buy diapers for his family. He was trying to pay with some sort of voucher that this store didn't take. Now fast forward to when I had my kids, diapers were really expensive. This was something he needed, and I missed the opportunity to offer to help him. I had enough money that day to pay for my food and his diapers, but he was sent away. I remember trying to run after this young guy in the parking lot, to say I could help, but he was gone. Not a fun experience standing at the cash register and you can't pay for something. For this lesson, I would say, be aware of where you can help others, and if you can, lend a hand. I always regretted not paying attention, and missing an opportunity to help someone. “Increase is what all men and women are seeking: it is the urge of the Formless Intelligence within them, seeking fuller expression…All human activities are based on this desire for increase; people are seeking more food, more clothes, better shelter, more luxury, more beauty, more knowledge, more pleasure—increase in something, more in life.” Wallace D. Wattles #mindset #Thinking #thoughts #TheScienceofGettingRich #Prosperity #Neuroscience #TheImpressionofIncrease #abundance  Putting PART 4 into ACTION: GRATITUDE IS FAITH In ACTION Read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days, paying attention to each chapter and this alone will change your world. I challenge YOU to read chapter 4/14/7 of this book for 90 days, and let me know what happens.  "Gratitude is an attitude that hooks us up to our source of supply. And the more grateful you are, the closer you become to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being." Bob Proctor on Chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles' SGR book.  #TheScienceofGettingRich #BobProctor #WallaceDWattles #gratitude #gratitudepractice #gratitudechallenge #gratitudejourney #thinking #thoughts #mindset  Putting PART 5 into ACTION: DEVELOPING A ROCK SOLID MENTAL MINDSET Reading chapters 1 (The Right to be Rich), 2 (There is a Science of Getting Rich), 3 (Is Opportunity Monopolized) and 5 (Increasing Life) we are working on our mental faculties. The first part of this book, or Thinking in a Certain Way, takes time. If you want to know how you are thinking, look at the results you are achieving. This is a clear sign. If you like the results that someone else is achieving, ASK them, “What is your mental mindset as it relates to your work” and you'll learn something new that you can apply to strengthen your own. Rome wasn't built in one day, and our mindset and ability to THINK in THIS CERTAIN WAY takes time and practice, but this is the foundation for what we are building here. Putting PART 6 into ACTION: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU REALLY WANT. "Never think or speak of what you want without feeling confident that it will arrive." Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich In part 6 we are still working through how to THINK in This Certain Way covering Chapters 6 (How Riches Come to You), 8 (Thinking in the Certain Way), 9 (How to Use the Will) 10 (Further Use of the Will). We looked at ideas for creating Multiple Sources of Income here, and ways to further strengthen our mental abilities by referring back to the Think and Grow Rich study, or The Silva Method. This whole time we are letting the Syllabus sink into our daily life, and becoming familiar with Chapters 4, 14 and 7. #TheScienceofGettingRich #WallaceDWattles #Mindset #Prosperity #2024Goals #TheWill #Thinking  Putting PART 7 into ACTION: Here we covered Chapters 11-17, the final chapters of the book that are focused around ACTING in THIS CERTAIN WAY. We are reminded that “A person must act as well as think” and how important our daily actions are. It's here that productivity courses come to mind, to sharpen our daily routines. Wattles believes in not just taking action in the present moment, but by making sure it's EFFECTIVE action with EVERYTHING that you do.  FINAL THOUGHTS: For a book that I was hesitant to cover, I'm so glad I did. It was a mindset shift for me to pick the Science of Getting Rich notes, study guides and worksheets out of the back of my closet, and begin this study the end of last year. I hope that you've enjoyed looking at the deeper meaning behind the words of Wallace D. Wattles, with me, where he shows us that there is a Science of Getting Rich, and it's all about Thinking AND Acting, in This Certain Way. PART 1: Prosperity Consciousness FINDING THE JOY IN LEAN OR DIFFICULT TIMES What's YOUR story for this example? PART 2: The First Principle of the Science of Getting Rich: Getting Comfortable with Money What's YOUR story for this example? How have your worked on your own prosperity consciousness? PART 3: Living the Impression of Increase How do YOU live the impression of increase? PART 4: GRATITUDE (FAITH In ACTION) How do YOU put faith into action in your life? PART 5: DEVELOPING A ROCK SOLID MENTAL MINDSET How do YOU strengthen YOUR mental mindset? PART 6: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU REALLY WANT Are you aware of what is seeking expression with and through you? What are you doing to develop your talents and abilities? What multiple sources of income can you set up with these talents? PART 7: REVIEW COMPLETE THESE 4 ACTION STEPS: CLOSING ACTION STEPS: I do encourage everyone to read Chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days as an action item to studying this book. Print a copy of the Syllabus, and put it somewhere you will be able to see it, and read it. Read the Syllabus every day, for 90 days, along with chapters 4/14/7. Finally, come up with your own examples that go with the 7 PARTS of the book. I had to THINK to create mine, and when you can see these principles in ACTION, along with a change in your THINKING, this is when the magic will happen. You will begin to ACT in this CERTAIN WAY. My goal for the END of this review, is to show that without a shadow of a doubt, we ALL have the ability to “Think and Grow Rich” like we learned from Napoleon Hill's study (with our potential as well as our finances) and That there is a Science to Doing This, using Wallace D. Wattles principles.  If we can do the hard work involved (using persistence like we did while reading chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days) sharpen our ability to think, make connections grow from what we've learned, and then finally, APPLY what we've learned, we will see that failure impossible. We just need to keep “thinking and growing” and then “Acting in This Certain Way.” RESOURCES: How to Manifest and Attract Financial Abundance w/ Rhonda Byrne (Creator of "The Secret") Lewis Howes: The School of Greatness with Rhonda Byrne In today's episode of The School of Greatness, we're diving into a topic that's close to my heart and likely yours too - the journey of manifesting money. I had the pleasure of sitting down with none other than Rhonda Byrne, the mastermind behind “The Secret.” Our conversation was nothing short of enlightening. As Rhonda shared her insights, I couldn't help but reflect on my own financial journey, from times of struggle to moments of abundance. This episode isn't just about money; it's about transforming your life through the principles that Rhonda and I have lived and tested. Whether you're just starting out or looking to deepen your understanding of financial abundance, this is a conversation you won't want to miss. Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-school-of-greatness/id596047499?i=1000641351452 REFERENCES:   [i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/   [ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/     [iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/     [iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/     [v] Join Paul Martinelli's Study of Think and Grow Rich for FREE https://www.freeprogram.yourempoweredlife.com/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #288 on “What Does Acting Have to Do With Our Self-Belief and Identity?” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-what-does-acting-have-to-do-with-self-belief-and-our-identity/   [vii]“Oscar and Emmy winner Phil Goldfine shares the five things you need to know to succeed in show business” Feb. 25, 2019 by Yitzi Weiner  https://medium.com/authority-magazine/oscar-and-emmy-winner-phil-goldfine-shares-the-five-things-you-need-to-know-to-succeed-in-show-b3152bbf985e   [viii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #38 with Todd Woodcroft  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/   [ix]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #166 with Chris Gargano https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/vice-president-executive-producer-of-the-new-york-jets-chris-gargano-on-accelerating-leadership-for-maximum-impact-and-results/   [x] Andrea@Achieveit360.com   [xi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 on “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind.”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/   [xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 316 PART 3 REVIEW of The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/   [xiii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O'Neill  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/   [xiv] Lewis Howes with Rhonda Byrnes How to Manifest and Attract Financial Abundance w/ Rhonda Byrne (Creator of "The Secret") The School of Greatness  https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-school-of-greatness/id596047499?i=1000641351452   [xv] The Movie, The Secret https://www.thesecret.tv/  

Join Lady Jen Du Plessis and guest Havilah Malone as they discuss being proof of what is possible when you keep breaking through glass ceilings. __________________ Hi there and welcome back to Success To Significance Life after Breaking Through Glass Ceilings. I'm your host Jen Du Plessis. It's like you didn't know that, but thank you so much for listening to our show today. I'm so excited. You know, we've been trying to do this interview for a little over a year with my dear friend, and I feel like I can say it because we've slept in the same bed at a mansion in a retreat slash mastermind in Malibu. Some famous place. Yeah, we were in Malibu. We've just had so much fun together we really have. Let me introduce you to my dear friend Havilah Malone, who is an actress, a business woman, a number 1 best selling author, and who just recently received the NOW awards.... ____________________ Join the Success to Significance Community Today: YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCIz6-AkN3rMajV8OHfbJ_zw?view_as=subscriber       Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JenDuPlessis22   Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jenduplessis/      Website: www.JenDuPlessis.com    LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jenduplessis/    LinkedTree: https://linktr.ee/jenduplessis Book a Strategy Call with Jen TODAY: www.ChatwithJen.com _________________________ About Havilah Malone Havilah Malone is an Executive Producer, Actress, and 3x Best Selling Author on a mission to be a catalyst for positive change in over 2 Billion people's lives. The Inspirational Thought Leader & former Ms. Louisiana Universal has been featured on FOX, NBC, ABC, CBS, Huffington Post and more.  Havilah graduated from college at the age of nineteen with two degrees, and went on to manage a $160 Million dollar business for tech giant Hewlett Packard by age 21, while also serving as their On-Air Host on QVC, HSN, Shop at Home TV and America's Store. Havilah has been featured in numerous films, national TV commercials, and known for her roles in HBO'S Barry, Insecure, and NCIS: New Orleans. This multi-talented Manifester shares her pillars of success with audiences around the world to help female Creatives and Entrepreneurs multiply their impact and #BeProofOfWhatsPossible.  Ms. Malone is the recipient of the NOW (Network of Outstanding Women) 2023 “Artist of Year” Award (for Acting and Producing), the Women's Prosperity Network “She Rocks Award”, and Volunteer Service Award Gold Medal from the President of the United States. Havilah holds several professional accreditations including Master Certified Practitioner of NLP (Neuro-Linguistic Programming), Silva Method, and Certified Instructor for the Napoleon Hill Foundation. Havilah's #1 Best Selling Books include: “Rewriting A New History: A Spiritual Path to Audacious Authenticity and Healing“,  co-Author of the Think & Grow Rich children's classic, “The Amazing Adventures of Oliver Young Napoleon Hill” in collaboration with the Napoleon Hill Foundation, and “How to Become a Publicity Magnet: In Any Market via TV, Radio & Print”. Whether through writing transformational books, speaking on stages, acting on screen, or the development and funding of television and film projects, Havilah's nurturing spirit, inspirational voice and magnetizing personality inspire people to #BeProofOfWhatsPossible. Connect with Havilah Be Proof Of What's Possible: https://youtu.be/PPxTmqHvFk8?si=_YiM2whsTwjEuD1- Actress Reel: https://youtu.be/OriKovEne_k?si=yiLPLQ4dWzgoRCzM Instagram: https://instagram.com/havilahmalone Facebook: https://facebook.com/havilahmalone2 YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/havilahmalone Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how our brain learns best. Welcome back to PART 6 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own personal and professional lives. Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne's The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it's the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever. If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] (that I'm going to revisit after this study is complete) the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives. I'm currently studying Hill's “Think and Grow Rich” with Paul Martinelli[v], who teaches this book like no one else and I'm constantly reminded of how important our ability to “think” really is. Napoleon Hill titled his book with four simple words. He picked “think and grow” as the first three, and we covered in this series the power of our thoughts. Now, we are learning through the words of Wallace D. Wattles, that once we know how to think and grow, we can next add the rich part, and he shows us there is a science to this. I always add that it's not just rich financially, but we grow rich in our knowledge, rich in our potential, and we need money to keep learning, and growing, so yes, rich financially. Bringing us to Chapter 6: HOW RICHES COME TO YOU How do riches come to you? My goal for the END of this review, (after our next episode) is to show that without a shadow of a doubt, we ALL have the ability to “Think and Grow Rich” and That there is a Science to Doing This.  If we can do the hard work involved (using persistence like while reading chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days) we will sharpen our ability to think, make connections and grow from what we've learned. Once we APPLY what we've learned, we will see that failure is not possible. We just need to keep “thinking and growing” and then “Acting in This Certain Way.” Chapter 6 opens up with Wattles urging us to “Give people more in use value than cash value of the thing you take from them” explaining: “The paper, ink and other material in this book may not be worth the money you pay for it, but if the ideas suggested by it bring you thousands of dollars, you have not been wronged by those who have sold it to you. They have given you great use value for small cash value” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles) “especially if the ideas in this book brings you thousands of dollars.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles). So, while acting in this “Certain Way” that Wattles describes, now add, that you must give every others more in use value than you take from them in cash value. In doing so, you are adding to the life of the world. This is why I give my best work away for free on this podcast. I'm putting this chapter into practice by giving more in “use value than I expect back in cash value.” This is also the value behind volunteering our time. Give more in use value to others, than we expect back in cash value. This is the part in this book that dates it back to the early 1900s. He says next that: “If you want a sewing machine (he would) suggest that before you impress the thought of a sewing machine in the thinking substance that you first make sure the image of the machine is clearly formed in your mind.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles). This to me is where this book aligns directly with what we learned from Think and Grow Rich, as well as The Silva Method. “After you form the thought, you must have the most and unquestioning faith that the sewing machine is coming.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles). This is important. How many times have you heard someone going for something they really want (a sewing machine in Wattles' time or something else in our time- a new job, or something) and they speak about it showing they aren't confident in their attainment of whatever it is they are going for. Wattles says “NEVER think or speak of (what you want) without feeling confident that it will arrive.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles). “It will be brought to you by the power of the supreme intelligence.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles) who insists that we must not “forget for a moment that the thinking substance is everything” (Ch 6, SGR) and that “you can have anything you want, as long as you use it for the advancement of your life and the lives of others.” (Ch 6, SGR). Next, Wattles talks about a boy who said to him while sitting at a piano “I can feel the music in me but I can't make my hands go right.” He's explaining the boys' desire seeking expression with and through him. The boy knows and feels what he's meant to do, but it's going to take PRACTICE and the right mindset (Thinking in this certain way) to develop this talent in him that could by all means lead him to riches if he works diligently at his skill. We asked this question at the end of our last EPISODE 319, PART 5[vi] of this review. What is YOUR desire that's seeking expression with and through you? This desire in you is “the urge of the Original Substance, containing all the possibilities of life.” I'm not going to skip this part, or leave it out. I will say that Wattles is telling us that it is God who seeks expression with and through us. So, it's TRULY impossible to fail when you feel this desire within you.  But it is up to each one of us to fully develop these God-given talents and abilities within us. It's in Chapter 6 that in the seminar industry, while studying this book, Bob Proctor would always teach the importance of having income from multiple sources, to create wealth. It's not another job, but just adding another income stream to what you've already got. While working in the seminar industry I met many people from all walks of life, and they ALL understood this principle. I talked about what a paradigm shift this concept was for me when I first started to see different ways I could earn money, that were outside of working a job, that runs 9-5 hours on EP 67.[vii]   Putting Chapter 6 into Practice: Listen to The Desire That's Seeking Expression with and Through You and think “how can you create something that give others more USE value than you are taking from them in cash value.” Multiples Sources of Income Ideas Using This Principle: If you want to build income outside of what you do fulltime, Russell Brunson[viii], the co-founder and owner of Clickfunnels is a master as teaching The Value Ladder, that's based on offering people products with high use value, and low cost, to bring them into your “funnel” and offer them more and more cost as they progress along the way. See if any of the ideas I've written below are of interest to YOU to create multiple sources of income over time. Writing a Book: (is one way) to create another source of income, but anyone who has written a book will tell you that the book itself won't make you a lot of money unless you sell thousands of copies. A book can lead you to earn income from other sources like speaking engagements, workshops and courses where you share your knowledge with others, and they would gratefully give you're their money, to learn more. Looking at Brunsons Value Ladder, you can give away a book, or offer it for a low price (have you ever noticed some books are FREE, but you just need to pay for shipping)? This is a common strategy that can lead you into the author's “funnel” where they will upsell you other programs and services.   Online Courses: When I first started putting some of my old courses online, I was amazed when I would receive money into my bank account from people who purchased those courses. The more people want to learn what you are teaching, the more they will purchase the course you have created.   Mastermind Groups: You can now take people who come your way from your training, and offer specialized training for smaller groups. The more people are interested in learning what you “know” they will be happy pay you to be “trained” by you in smaller groups.   Monetizing YouTube: As more and more people want to learn from you, you will have more followers on social media. Once you have 1,000 followers on YouTube, you can begin to earn money for ads that show up during your videos. To earn a lot of money this way, you do need to have a lot (meaning thousands of views of your videos). This one took me some time to build, but since building this one since 2019, I now receive ad funds directly to my business bank account, allowing me to put those funds towards research and development. You can see the progression of our interviews since 2019[ix] Monetize a Podcast: I did try this one out, but stopped, as it's important to me that I'm giving the best content I have, for free on this podcast. In the future, I'll consider putting ads on this podcast (that make sense to my brand), but for now, I'm not using this option. It's much like the money sent to you via YouTube.   OTHER IDEAS: These ideas show that when you provide value (or something that's greater in use value than what you pay for it) that can build you towards significant income over time. I'm sure there are many more ideas that you can come up with. Take out a piece of paper and draw a circle in the middle called MSIs (for multiple sources of income) and brainstorm how many ideas YOU can come up. Off the top of my head, I can think of one of my friends who was a child actor in the movie A Christmas Story. Every year, she receives a royalty check for appearing in that movie, with a speaking role. What other ideas can YOU think of? Find your MSIs, and get to work! Then, Think and Grow…Rich. CHAPTER 7 GRATITUDE  We covered this chapter on EP #317.[x] CHAPTER 8 THINKING IN THE CERTAIN WAY Wattles opens up this next chapter by telling us to “go back to chapter 6 and re-read the story of the man who formed the mental image of his house, and this is the initial step towards getting rich.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles). He affirms, “You must have a clear and definite mental picture of what you want. You cannot transmit an idea unless you have it yourself.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles). Which is Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich in action, and the whole concept behind The Silva Method. Before this month ends, I'll be covering a review of our Top 10 episodes of 2023 that had The Silva Method in the top 4 spots, just blowing my mind when I saw the numbers and how many people around the world were interested in learning The Silva Method. I've not yet covered a review of The Silva Ultramind System, that's a step beyond what we covered in that 4-part series but have to mention that there are parts of this program that will expand your thinking, specifically with your ability to create images on your mental screen. No one covers this program like Vishen Lakhiani from Mind Valley[xi].    It's here I learned how to build my mental screen (day 3), solve problems on this screen (day 4), and day 5 I learned to walk through my home, (and anywhere else I'd love to see) through a unique process that projects my mind wherever I'd like to go.  Putting Chapter 8 into Practice: RE-READ CHAPTER 6: Do what Wattles says and go back and re-read the story of the person in Chapter 6 who formed the mental image of building a house in his mind, before he moved towards what he wanted. LOOK AT THE SILVA ULTRA MIND SYSTEM: Look through the 30-day curriculum and see if you'd like to experience it. I'm not affiliated with Mind Valley, but after my friend Hans Ajay told me “this program would change me forever” I've got to agree. There's nothing out there that I've seen so far that teaches Joe Silva's Method, better than this program.  PRACTICE! Pick a time of day that you will practice ‘building images” on the screen of your mind. Whether you use The Silva Method, and just plain old visualization, practicing this skill will help you to Think and Grow… Then it's up to you to apply what you are learning to Grow Rich in potential and Grow Rich financially with your skills and talents. This is a program you can study, and learn from, for many years to come. CHAPTER 9 HOW TO USE THE WILL CHAPTER 10 FURTHER USE OF THE WILL I thought it was interesting that Wattles picked the use of the Will, for chapters 9 and again in 10, with further uses of The Will. This shows me that he recognized that we can work hard, visualizing what we want, and take action with our goals, Thinking and Acting, but if we don't know how to execute the proper use of our will, we will struggle with doing things “The Certain Way” that he suggests. The Will is one of our higher faculties that we covered on EP #294[xii] “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind” and the Will, gives us the ability to concentrate.  When reviewing the Will on this episode, I mentioned that meditation was one way to strengthen this faculty, along with an exercise of staring at a candle flame until you and the flame become one. Wattles takes the use of the will a step further saying “it's as wrong to coerce people by mental powers as it is by physical power” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles) so you must only use your Will for yourself, and not to will others to do things for you. You must use your Will “to keep yourself thinking and acting in a certain way.” “Use your mind to form a mental image of what you want and hold this vision with faith and purpose. Use your will to keep your mind working the right way.” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles). Also, use your Will to prevent yourself from thinking thoughts of doubt and disbelief as “doubt and disbelief is as certain to start a movement away from you as faith and purpose are to start one towards you.” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles). There are definitely some parts of this book, written in 1910 that you might disagree with, especially when it comes to not talking about poverty, or disease. For those involved heavily in charitable organizations, I do believe that we can all help support organizations, instead of doing what Wattles suggests, and that's to not think about them at all. Or with health, I believe that studying and learning about health has helped me to become healthier, so some parts of this book, I just don't agree with, but I can also see what Wattles was intending when he was writing this book. In chapter 10, The further use of the will, Wattles expands on more uses of the Will to help us to “make the most of ourselves” which is my goal with this podcast. He ends Chapter 10 by reading the syllabus again. Remember: “There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.  A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.  You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.” “In order to do this, a person must pass from the competitive to the creative mind. They must form a clear mental picture in their thoughts with the fixed purpose to get what they want, and the unwavering faith that they will get what they want—closing their mind to all that may tend to dim their vision, or quench their faith. “  We now see that we must live and act in this Certain Way. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude PART 6 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, we covered: Chapter 6: HOW RICHES COME TO YOU Where we learned to listen to the desire that's seeking expression with and through you and think “how can you create something that give others more USE value than you are taking from them in cash value.” We brainstormed ideas for creating multiple sources of income in our life, so that money can begin to come our way even while we are sleeping at night. We learned to THINK and GROW…first, preparing ourselves to be rich in potential and financially second. CHAPTER 8 THINKING IN THE CERTAIN WAY Remembering “You must have a clear and definite mental picture of what you want. You cannot transmit an idea unless you have it yourself.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles). We talked about different programs we can use to further develop whatever it is that we imagine on the mental screen of our minds, (The Silva Ultra Mind Course) or by going back to read Chapter 6 on the importance of building the image of what we want on the screen of our minds first. CHAPTER 9 HOW TO USE THE WILL CHAPTER 10 FURTHER USE OF THE WILL Finally, we looked at the importance of developing the higher faculty of our will, to prevent us from focusing on our doubts and fears, while keeping us focused on improving ourselves for the better, I hope that by diving into the 17 Chapters of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, you are making connections with how you can do things in this Certain Way, building faith in the fact that NOTHING IS IMPOSSIBLE when follow the principles Wattles outlines in this classic book on thinking. See you next with the final chapters of this book, and conclusion of our DEEP Dive into The Science of Getting Rich.   REFERENCES:   [i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/   [ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/     [iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/     [iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/     [v] Join Paul Martinelli's Study of Think and Grow Rich for FREE https://www.freeprogram.yourempoweredlife.com/   [vi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #319 PART 5 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-5-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-revealing-the-secret-within-the-syllabus-chapters-1-2-3-and-5/   [vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #67  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/   [viii] https://www.russellbrunson.com/   [ix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Interviews https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLb5Z3cA_mnKhiYc5glhacO9k9WTrSgjzW   [x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #317 PART 4 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-4-review-of-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-gratitude-through-the-eyes-of-wallace-d-wattles/   [xi] https://www.mindvalley.com/   [xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 on “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind.”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/  

Just going within—as you have learned to do by merely closing your eyes, taking a few deep breaths, and visualizing passive scenes—is a therapeutic act. It helps body, mind, and spirit. But taking that extra step of visualizing or imagining a benefit to yourself or somebody else not only helps your body, mind, and spirit, it also helps another person, perhaps many other persons, and perhaps the world. If such imagined thoughts are positive and do not cause a problem for somebody else, there is every likelihood they will happen just as you imagined them. To entertain such positive pictures while relaxed is to do your duty as a co-creator—a partner with the Creator. What are the limits? There are no limits. Yes, you can write your own ticket by daydreaming. Twenty-five years ago the world lost Robert B. Stone, author of some 80 books on self-help and harnessing mental abilities for self-help, passed away on January 5, 1999. This is another powerful chapter from Robert B Stone from his book life without limits Please visit www.robertbstone.com for a FREE PDF COPY of the Richness Of Mind Below are the books available in paperback and e-book editions. Several are available as audiobooks and you can hear excerpts of many on YouTube. For more information and a complete list of books by Robert B. Stone, please visit www.robertbstone.com 1. The Magic of Psychotronic Power https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0722FNLZ92. The Power of Miracle Metaphysics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08HQ7KYD63. The Silva Mind Control Method for Getting Help from the Other Sidehttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B08JH4LMJ64. How to Gain Strength from Nature Sitting in Your Living Roomhttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C7U3QS85. Hypno-Cybernetics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08R3ZP2296. Life Without Limits https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08J4274P57. The Complete Book of Life-Changing Affirmationshttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C6W6MEC8. The Silva Mind Control Method for Business Managershttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B08JH1BPPG9. Celestial 911 https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08HQJ6LQ Dr. Stone was an internationally known lecturer on the human potential. He taught for many years at the University of Hawaii on activating the powers of the mind. A MENSA member and graduate of MIT, Dr. Stone was elected to the New York Academy of Science. A Silva Method lecturer for 20 years and Ambassador-at-Large, he introduced the Silva Method to five nations and was honored with many Silva awards. 

PART 5 REVIEW of The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D Wattles Welcome back to PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own lives. Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne's The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it's the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever. It took me some time to review this book, honestly, because many of the concepts I didn't fully understand myself. It's taken me over 25 years to finally grasp the meaning behind the timeless concepts that Wattles wrote about in 1910, and writing this series has helped me to refine my own thinking, in addition to sharing what I'm learning here with you, wherever you might be listening in the world. If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives. I read this review about this book and it caught my eye.   No student of thought should be without this historic book. Think about this for a minute. Read this book and do it exactly as written and you will see HOW failure is impossible. This is the PERFECT book and series to launch 2024 with. On today's episode #319 we will cover: ✔ CHAPTER 1: THE RIGHT TO BE RICH  “There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles) ✔ CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH With some thoughts on what the title of this book makes you think about. ✔ CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED? What is it that YOU really want? Do you think you can achieve it? ✔ CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH We covered this chapter on EP 315 in PART 2[v] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. Keep reading. ✔ CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE Why must we develop our Mind, Body and Spirit? Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how our brain learns best. At the end of each year, we review timeless and important books that were recommended to me when I worked in the motivational speaking industry in the late 1990s, and my goal is to see how science can inform us as we move towards our goals in 2024, (whether it with the interviews we will host) or by diving into what I saw working over and over again in the speaking industry, so we can all be the most improved, 2.0 version of ourselves. This year, we are reviewing Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book that was written in 1910. I've set the stage for the application of this book by asking us to begin or end our study by reading chapters 4/14/7 in this order for 90 days. The order is important. This is where our review began. If you can do this one activity, I promise you that the magical words that Wattles wrote on the pages of this book, will begin to have significant meaning to you. In PART 1[vi] we saw the importance of opening up our minds to prosperity thinking, (that there is more than enough for all of us vs poverty consciousness that there is not enough) and PART 2[vii] we focused on the power of our thoughts, specifically with how to “think and act in this certain way” to achieve the results we are talking about here. We gave examples of two distinct types of thinkers, encouraging all of us to open the keyhole in the door (or kick down the door) and expand of level of awareness in this process. With PART 3[viii] of our review, we explored Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase, with two suggestions for Acting in this Certain Way with everyone we interact with. Look to where you can give others genuine compliments, pointing out their accomplishments and efforts, and always look for where you can assist others with your resources. Then on PART 4, we covered Chapter 7 on Gratitude that connected us directly with our source of supply. Let's now dive into the rest of the chapters of this timeless book, keeping in mind where the heart of this book exists. We must understand the syllabus. I'll read it here, and again at the end, and my hope is that the secret that Wattles intends us to “see” will reveal itself to you, and like Rhonda Byrnes, who read this book, and was never the same, I hope that something new is revealed to you, changing your thinking in some way, and helping you to see if you can do things in this Certain Way, that failure is impossible.  Remember: Getting Rich is the result of doing things in a certain way. We help ourselves first, then we look for ways to help others do the same. Before we begin, do you have questions about this syllabus like I did when I first read this book? Here's mine: Q1: What is this thinking stuff from which all things are made that fills the inter spaces of the universe? Wattles says, it's everywhere, but what is it? My Answer: It is formless, supremely intelligent and permeates everything around us—including organic and inorganic things and the spaces between them. Wattles uses many terms interchangeably to describe this substance. After reading and studying this book for over 2 decades, I came to see this “thinking stuff” as my Source, which I call God. You might call it something else, but naming it while reading this book can help to see its power and why “a thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.” This essentially is what prayer is. “A person can form things in their thoughts (or like through prayer) and by impressing their thoughts upon the formless substance (your source of Supply or God), can cause the thing they think about to be created.” When you break this syllabus down a bit, it doesn't seem so “far out there.”  I am certain that Wattles is describing the power of prayer. To put the syllabus into practice, think about where you feel the most connected to this source.  It is everywhere, but some of us might feel this connection in nature, like I've described while hiking in the mountains, near water (or the Ocean) like scientist and activist Dr. Wallace J Nichols talked about on EP 297[ix] this past summer. Wherever you feel the most connected, just trust that there is something bigger than you, that will help you to produce whatever it is that you “image” in your thoughts. Let's look at the remaining chapters of the book. CHAPTER 1 THE RIGHT TO BE RICH  Wattles says that “No man can rise to his greatest possible height in talent or soul development (our fullest) potential without money.”  In the pages of my notebook, I wrote “thought always proceeds the action” or “what's coming, we think about.” I don't need to look far to say this isn't so, as we witness this with our two girls and competitive gymnastics. As with any sport or skill, it takes money to learn these skills, and it was a good year that our oldest daughter would ask to join the competitive team at her gym before we agreed to it. Later, she let me know that she used to watch YouTube videos of gymnasts training, and she knew this is what she wanted to do with all of her heart. There was much thought in her mind that happened a good year BEFORE she even tried out to be a part of this team. The same goes with the material you are studying now. I watched people pay thousands of dollars to attend each seminar to learn this information from the best teachers in the world. Many who wanted to attend, couldn't not pay the tuition. You can always read this book on your own, or watch videos to learn new skills, but to immerse yourself with the best teachers in the world, the easiest way is to pay for an exchange of their knowledge for your money.  “To unfold the soul and develop talent” we cannot do these things unless you have the money to pay for them.  Which leads me back to why I'm giving away everything I've learned over the years, for FREE, on this podcast. I know this is what I am meant to do. I was fortunate enough to learn directly from some of the best teachers in the world, and now, I am meant to give back in this way. For now, this podcast remains ad free for this reason. It has always been important to me that I put the best work I've got, out to the world, for free, because of the principles within the pages of this book.  What I want for myself, I want for others. When you find your place, you will know where you have room to give back. I do think that Wattles intends us to all get to this place where we shift our thinking from “what can I get” to “how can I help others” with my talents and abilities. Part 1 of this series we spent on prosperity consciousness vs poverty for this reason. If you're listening and are struggling with this concept, go back and listen to Part 1 where we dove into two ways of thinking about money.  This is an important lesson because we will need it to “reach our fullest mental, spiritual and physical unfoldment.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). “Success in life is becoming what you want to be” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles) so for my daughter who begged us to join competitive gymnastics, it was her desire seeking expression with and through her, (to do this sport) but it takes money to do this.  I think back to my early days, when I wanted to become a teacher it took money to pay for my teacher training. If you want to learn business strategies, same idea. Whatever we want, it begins with a desire in our thoughts, and what's coming our way, we will think about, usually long before we take action towards it. What about you? Whenever we have wanted to learn, grow and advance ourselves in our lives and careers, it takes money to do this. Remember: “There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). What do you think when you hear this? Do you agree with Wattles? Over the years I became more comfortable with “wanting more in life” and when I was living my most lean years, I made sure to spend my leisure time in places that made me “feel” the abundance that Wattles was describing when he said “there is nothing wrong with wanting.”  I often sat writing in the lobby of the most beautiful resorts I could find to keep my thinking away from poverty and more towards prosperity thinking. Wattles writes that “No man can rise to his greatest possible height in talent or soul development unless he has plenty of money; for to unfold the soul and to develop talent he must have many things to use, and he cannot have these things unless he has the money to buy them with.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). Like my daughter's gymnastics training, or what we must do to pay for new skills we want to acquire. Wattles writes that “Man's right to life means his right to have free and unrestricted use of the things which may be necessary to his fullest mental, spiritual and physical unfoldment.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). “No man can be really happy or satisfied unless his body is living fully in every function, and unless the same is true of his mind and soul.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). Be sure to develop all three parts of us (our body, mind and soul). “Wherever there is unexpressed possibility, or function not performed, there is unsatisfied desire. Desire is possibility seeking expression, or function seeking performance.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles). Think about this for a minute. What is it in you that is “unexpressed possibility” that you could nurture and grow in 2024? For me, it's clear and obvious. If I was unable to research, read books, and then work on integrating this new information in my life, and then share what I'm learning with you, I would not be truly happy. Hosting this podcast (is my desire seeking expression) is driven by an unrelentless desire for me to keep researching, learning, and sharing anything that can help us to all improve our productivity and results. What about you? What is it that you must do? What is your desire that is “possibility seeking expression” in you? This is a good thing to know for ourselves, and then look at see if you can notice it in others. Before moving to chapter 2, I think we have given some good examples as to why there is nothing wrong with wanting to have enough money to develop our body, mind and soul, to nurture our “desires” or our “possibility seeking expression” or “function seeking performance” so we can be truly happy ourselves, before we begin to think of how we can extend our hand outwards, to help others. CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH Before we go any further, I wonder, what comes up for you when you saw the title of this book?  Do you think of the TV show Lifestyles of the Rich and the famous, like me? The title of this book is one of the reasons I didn't want to cover it on this podcast in the first place. While I see the importance of earning money, I'm not one to want to “be rich” and when multi-million-dollar yachts sail past me, they don't catch my eye. I've never been drawn to anything excessive so covering a book about “getting rich” was not on the top of my list. I can recognize others like me while I'm interviewing them. The inventor of GDV technology, Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP 307[x] mentioned that while he enjoys inventing, he's not as good with the business side of things. He writes in his books that when he went on some of his exciting trips around the world, he just took his sandals, and a hat to keep the sun off his face. So, if you are like me, not very interested in “Getting Rich” and the title of this book deterred you a bit, just see if there is something we can learn together. It's here my mentor, Bob Proctor, would send me back to PART 1[xi] of this series, and work on my prosperity thinking. He would remind me that “nobody can have all he wants without plenty of money.” (Chapter 1, SGR, Wattles). And I would come back to Chapter 2 with an expanded and open mind. This Certain Way has to do with Prosperity Thinking vs Poverty. REMEMBER: “There is a Science of getting rich, and it is an exact science, like algebra or arithmetic.” (Chapter 2, SGR, Wattles) and we have discovered that it's about thinking and acting in a certain way. “There are certain laws which govern the process of acquiring riches and when these laws are learned and obeyed by any man, he will get rich with mathematical certainty.” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles). If you were to study this book through Bob Proctor's Seminars, it's here that he would cover the 7 Laws of the Universe, where he would say that doing things in this “certain way” would be according to these Natural Laws that Wattles mentions in Chapter 2. We were not taught these laws in school, and I'm not going to cover them here, but I will say that “it doesn't matter WHAT we're doing, it matters HOW we are doing it.” We will cover “this certain way” in this book study, so at the end of these chapters, we will have a clear strategy on HOW to THINK AND ACT in this certain way, that Wattles describes and “those who do things in this Certain Way, whether on purpose or accidentally, get rich; while those who do not do things in this Certain Way, no matter how hard they work or how able they are, remain poor.” And “nobody can have all he wants without plenty of money.” (Chapter 1, SGR, Wattles). Here's An Example: Have you ever seen two businesses on the same side of the road, and one is thriving while the other is not? Wattles addresses this when he says that Getting Rich is “not a matter of environment” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles) even though “some environments may be more favorable than others” but the success one person experiences is a result of “Doing Things in This Certain Way.” Wattles also says that “the ability to do things in this certain way is not due solely to the possession of talent, for many people who have great talent, remain poor, while others who have very little talent get rich.”  He says that “if you study people who have gotten rich, we find they are an average lot in all respects, having no greater talents and abilities than other men.” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles). They got rich by “Doing Things in This Certain Way.” We covered this concept in PART 1[xii] of this review, as “Doing Things in This Certain Way” begins with prosperity thinking versus poverty mindset. Let's keep going and see what else we can add to open up our understanding in this timeless book and of Doing Things in This Certain Way that Wattles describes. CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED? Chapter 3 is a good chapter for anyone who is worried that an opportunity that they really want, will pass them by. Wattles explains that “No man is kept poor because opportunity has been taken away from him; because other people have monopolized the wealth, and have put a fence around it.” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles). This is where the “thinking stuff” comes into play. It matters what thoughts we think, and put out into the world. When we think “oh, there's no way I will ever do xyz” then that's the message you've sent out to the formless substance. It might sound crazy, but just stay with me here. If Wallace D. Wattles wrote these principles in 1910, and they closely match Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich, and Jose Silva's The Silva Method, then why not just test this out for yourself for some time. The only thing we lack is awareness…and in order to open up our awareness, we must kick down the door, and look at the opportunity that's available to all of us.  Wattles explains that “The visible supply is practically inexhaustible; and the invisible supply really IS inexhaustible. (Economics teaches us there is a limited supply but Wattles is telling us that human attention is the only thing that is scarce). Everything you see on earth is made of one substance, out of which all things proceed. New Forms are constantly being made, and older ones are dissolving; but all shapes are assumed by One Thing. There is no limit to the supply of the Formless Stuff, or Original Substance.” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles). Abundance is here, we just might not be able to “see” it if it's on a different level of vibration than our current level of thinking. This is where we come to understand that “the resources of the formless supply are at the command of any man or woman who will act and think in a certain way” then “the Secret to Life” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles) is available to all of us. Whatever it is that you desire, (that possibility that seeks expression with and through you) it is possible to achieve, with time, effort, hard work and focus. Like our daughters who begged us to join gymnastics, they were both willing to put in the hard work to develop the skills needed to push them both through difficult times to bring their visions into form) or for me, to know that I can never sit somewhere and not be reading a book, or writing an episode, that I'll record and put out into the world. I'm willing to put in the time and effort to make sure these episodes are my best work, offering our listeners something unique, something they couldn't just get from the internet, or from Google, which puts this show at the top of the charts (in Neuroscience[xiii] and SEL[xiv]) each year. What is it for you? What is it that's seeking expression through you? It might be a book you want to write, and you think, “Oh that book's already been written” or you think someone else might be better at what you want to do. Until you step forward and try, you'll be holding yourself back from expressing the possibility that wants to be expressed within you. Remember: The invisible supply is inexhaustible. The supply will never run short. If you come to this chapter, and are aware of something that might be holding you back from something you desire, it's here that you can look at your paradigms, or beliefs that we covered in depth of EP 67.[xv] If you are with me here, and know what it is that is seeking expression with and through you, (whatever it is that you desire) and you are not worried that someone else will take your place, keep reading this book. CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH We covered this chapter on EP 315 in PART 2[xvi] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. Keep reading. CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE Wattles explains that “Every living thing must continually seek for the enlargement of its life, because life, in the mere act of living, must increase itself.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles). There is nothing wrong for wanting to be/do/have more in our lives. Wattles says that “We want to get rich in order that you may eat, drink, and be merry when it's time to do these things, see distant lands, feed your mind and develop your intellect; in order that you may love men and do kind things, and be able to play a good part in helping the world find truth.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles). Brian Proctor talked about this concept on our interview EP 292[xvii] this past summer because this is one chapter that Bob Proctor lived every day. He gave the impression of increase to EVERYONE. I remember when I was moving from Toronto to the US in 2001, with barely any money in my pocket, but an incredible vision for where I was going, and Bob said to me “Andrea, are you flying first class to Arizona?” I almost fell off the chair I was sitting on. Of course, I wasn't flying first class! It would be a few years before I sat in first class on an airplane, but Bob wanted me to see that sitting in first class was definitely an option. It was just an option that took me a few years to grasp. Wattles says it this way. “A seed, dropped into the ground, springs into activity, and in the act of living produces a hundred more seeds; life, by living, multiplies itself. It is forever Becoming More; it must do so, if it continues to be at all. Intelligence is under this same necessity for continuous increase. Every thought we think makes it necessary for us to think another thought; consciousness is continually expanding. Every fact we learn leads us to the learning of another fact; knowledge is continually increasing. Every talent we cultivate brings to the mind the desire to cultivate another talent; we are subject to the urge of life, seeking expression, which ever drives us on to know more, to do more, and to be more.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles). It's here that learning to live beyond our 5 senses, what our senses pick up, and develop the 6 faculties of our mind: our perception, reason, will, memory, imagination and intuition that we covered on EP 294[xviii] come into play. When Proctor asked me if I was flying first class to Arizona, he planted the seed in my mind that flying first class was a great way to travel. Proctor planted many seeds in my mind in the 6 years I worked in the seminar industry. Now, I feel like it's my obligation to share what I learned, to help others. Wattles reminds us to “make the most of yourself, for yourself, and for others; and you can help others more by making the most of yourself than in any other way” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles.) You must live for yourself, (finding the right balance with just enough) for yourself first, and then help look for how you can help others. If you come from the competitive mindset, (if you've been conditioned to either WIN or LOSE) this next concept might take some additional effort. Wattles reminds us to “get rid of the thought of competition. You are to create, not to compete for what is already created. You do not have to take anything away from from anyone.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles). “Riches secured on the competitive plane are never satisfactory and permanent” Wattles says. They are yours today and another's tomorrow.  Remember if you are to become rich in a scientific and certain way, you must rise entirely out of competitive thought. You must never think for a moment that the supply is limited. This will drop you into the competitive mind the moment you begin to think that all the money is being cornered and controlled by the bankers and others…Know that the money you need will come when you need it. Live by this absolute truth.  “There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.  A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.  You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.” REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, we covered: CHAPTER 1: THE RIGHT TO BE RICH  “There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles) “To unfold the soul and develop talent” we cannot do these things unless you have the money to pay for them.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles) Then we talked about how our desire is “possibility seeking expression” with and through us, and we can look within ourselves to discover what our true desires are that we must express. My daughter, wanted to train in competitive gymnastics, which requires money “to unfold her soul and develop her talent.” I know that to unfold my soul, I must spend my leisure time studying, learning, and then sharing what I am learning to help others. Money is required for both of these examples. What is YOUR desire that's seeking expression with and through you? CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH There is a Science of getting rich, and it is an exact science, like algebra or arithmetic.” (Chapter 2, SGR, Wattles) and we have discovered that it's about thinking and acting in a certain way. Wattles describes that “those who do things in this Certain Way, whether on purpose or accidentally, get rich; while those who do not do things in this Certain Way, no matter how hard they work or how able they are, remain poor.” My goal with this review of Wattles' SGR book is to show us that we ALL have the same ability, the ability to “think” and “act” in a certain way, (with prosperity thinking vs poverty thinking) and that once we have learned to think and act this way for ourselves, we can then turn our focus onto others and add tremendous value and abundance to someone else's life. CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED? In this chapter, we come to understand that “the resources of the formless supply are at the command of any man or woman who will act and think in a certain way” and that “the Secret to Life” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles) is available to all of us. It's here that we see that there is something that's seeking expression with and through you, (whatever it is that you desire) and you are not worried that someone else will take your place. Nothing is impossible. CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH We covered The First Principle of “thinking and acting in this certain way” on EP 315 in PART 2[xix] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. When reading Chapter 4, every day, the words will begin to have meaning to you, and your thinking will change, I promise you. In this chapter, I began to think: What do I really want? How am I thinking? Thinking is difficult! And slowly, with time, I began to see that nothing is impossible. CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE We learned that it's important to “make the most of yourself, for yourself, and for others; and you can help others more by making the most of yourself than in any other way” and that “we are impelled to know more, be more and do more.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles.) We want to get rich in order that you may eat, drink, and be merry when it's time to do these things, see distant lands, feed your mind and develop your intellect; in order that you may love men and do kind things, and be able to play a good part in helping the world find truth.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles). There is nothing wrong with wanting to develop our mind/body and spirit. In doing so, we uncover whatever it is that's seeking expression in ourselves, that we want to develop in ourselves. Once we have developed ourselves, we can figure out ways to help others to do the same. Each chapter in The Science of Getting Rich helps to build our understanding of what it is that we are meant to do in this world, with an unwavering belief that we cannot fail. Once we have done this, we lend our hand to help others. Remember: “There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.  A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.  You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.” “In order to do this, a person must pass from the competitive to the creative mind. They must form a clear mental picture in their thoughts with the fixed purpose to get what they want, and the unwavering faith that they will get what they want—closing their mind to all that may tend to dim their vision, or quench their faith. “ Can you see how Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich goes hand in hand with Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich and The Silva Method? How NOTHING is impossible? How we are the product of our thoughts. What we think, we become? Next episode, we will cover chapters 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 that will lead us all to Chapters 13, 15, 16, 17 and the conclusion of this book review. See you next time. REFERENCES:   [i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/   [ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/     [iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/     [iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/     [v] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/   [vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/   [vii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/     [viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #316 PART 3 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/   [ix]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #297 with Scientist and Activist Dr Wallace J Nichols on “Blue Mind”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-scientist-and-activistdrwallace-jnichols-on-blue-mind-the-surprising-science-that-shows-how-beingnear-inonor-underwatercanmakeyourhappier-h/   [x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/   [xi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/     [xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/   [xiii] Top 17 Best Podcasts in Neuroscience in 2023 https://geniuslabgear.com/blogs/for-scientists/17-best-neuroscience-podcasts   [xiv] Top 20 Best SEL Podcasts in 2023 https://podcasts.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/   [xv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #67 “Expanding Our Awareness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/   [xvi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/   [xvii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #292 with Brian Proctor on “My Father Knew the Secret”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-proctor-on-my-father-knew-the-secretgrowing-up-with-bob-proctor/   [xviii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond Our 5 Senses”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/   [xix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/  

Are wearable devices the future of health and wellness? Today's episode we will take our first step towards a NEW technology, called TAOPATCH that's been making inroads in the health and wellness industry over the years, and this is just the beginning. Watch this interview here https://youtu.be/wsuSH-A1wzY On today's episode #318 we speak with the CEO of Taopatch USA, Dimiti Leonov. We will cover: ✔ What is Taopatch nanotechnology and how can it impact our health and wellness in 2024? ✔ What systems in the body are impacted with Taopatch? ✔ How can wearing Taopatch impact our focus, emotions and even our spiritual side? ✔ What are world-class athletes saying about Taopatch? ✔ What does the most current research say about this nanotechnology? ✔ How can you try Taopatch? Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain. On today's episode #318, we have Dmitri Leonov, the founder of TAOPATCH USA[i].  Taopatch the nanotechnology device using light therapy with acupuncture. When I see a product that's NEW, nicknamed The Human Upgrade Device, that addresses health and wellness, enhances physical performance, boosts energy levels, relieves pain, while being used by TOP WORLD-CLASS athletes and kept a secret for a competitive advantage, I want to know what it is. Dmitri reached out to me and offered to share what's they have discovered with the intersection of technology, wellness and spirituality and how they are combining traditional methods like acupuncture with modern technology like light therapy and nanotechnology. I can't even tell you how much I'm interested in learning more, especially as I'm personally exploring NEW technologies on this podcast, so when something innovative comes my way, there's no hesitation to make this interview happen. Let's meet the CEO of TAOPATCH USA, Dmitri Leonov, and see if he will reveal the secrets from the athletes he has seen using TAOPATCH as one of their best kept secrets in their careers, and what results they are attaining this this NEW Nanotechnology for health and wellness. Welcome Dmitri Leonov. Where have we reached you today? Dmitri, this whole podcast is designed to help all who tune in to find ways to improve ourselves (health, wellness, and even look at our spiritual side) so when I saw TAOPATCH, I knew I had to speak with you. Thanks so much for making this happen! Before we get to this fascinating health and wellness product, I wonder with your background as an entrepreneur, what drew you towards TAOPATCH with your entrepreneurial past? Q1: What is TAOPATCH, how does it work, where is it worn on the body, and who is using it for outstanding results? Q2: What systems in the body are impacted with TAOPATCH? Q3: How does it impact our emotions, focus and even our spirituality? Q4: I've been using magnet therapy for years, and even some technology that added far infrared tech (Nikken products). I have seen the power from products like these over the years. What would you say is different, better or more advanced about TAOPATCH than magnet therapy that many of us would be aware of? What's missing if I'm only using magnets? Q4B: Can you explain what the material that TAOPATCH is made out of (Quantum Dots) and what did the recent Nobel Prize[ii] winners discover with this technology? Q4C: I know this patch uses light therapy[iii], that on PUBMED has over 9K studies of this technology on our health and wellness. What are some of the benefits that a healthy athlete would notice using TAOPATCH? (vs maybe someone with a neurological disorder like Parkinson's or MS). Q5: Let's talk about pain management and injury recovery. When we first corresponded, I told you I was not a stranger to taping things on my body, especially through this podcast. I've got a magnet taped on my shoulder and a new Qicoil Rife machine (using PEMF therapy) that I've just started using after I interviewed the founder, David Wong on EP 312.[iv] If I've got an area on my body that hurts, (let's say muscles knots) will it stop the pain and help the injury to heal in or does it just mask the pain? Q6: I've been trying wellness products on this podcast (ranging from the Fisher Wallace Brain stimulator, to the WHOOP wearable fitness tracker, to the Lief HRV device, (that taught me how to breath throughout my day) and most recently the QiCoil Rife Machine), and I use the device and after time, will record the results I've attained. I'd like to do something like this with TAOPATCH, since I already have something taped on by neck/upper back to relieve pain. I also am always looking for NEW ways to improve mental focus. I did fill out a questionnaire a few weeks ago, and was recommended I begin with the START PACK and THE EMOTION. What would you say to someone like me who is just starting out to learn more about TAOPATCH? How do we begin?> Q6B: If I was to get 1 pack (3 patches) how long would this last me? How do you recommend the patches are used? Q7: What else should we all know about this NEW and ADVANCED health and wellness technology? Is there anything important about the TAOPATCH that I've missed? Dmitri, I want to thank you for your time meeting with me today. For people to learn more about the TAOPATCH, is the best way to go to your website, see the testimonials, and then purchase directly from your website? What is the best way to learn more, and follow you? I will be looking into this for myself, and will record an update once I have tried it for some time. Thank you! FINAL THOUGHTS: There's always so much more than our eyes can see, or our ears can hear with each guest we interview. After this interview, Dmitri and I chatted about what they are developing NEXT and I've got to say, they are on the cutting edge of accessing information to help the world. While I'm editing this episode, I'm also working on our TOP EPISODES from 2023 that included The Silva Method at the top, and in PART 4 of this series, we quoted Napoleon Hill who said “A genius is a man who has discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point where he can freely communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought” The future is here, and this is being done to advance the world forward. If you want to try Taopatch along with me, go to their website and you can browse through the testimonials, case studies and research. https://taopatch.co/pages/shop-your-taopatch Be sure to use the CODE: NEUROSCIENCE at check out. Since I'm currently using the Qualia Mind product for focus, I decided to begin with Taopatch start and see what I notice. Stay tuned for this update. What I think is interesting is that as we are learning from each episode (together) the knowledge we are gaining is all connected. We just covered the importance of opening up our Heart Chakra with Dr. Joe Dispenza's meditations, and now, we learn that the Taopatch Start product emits light the green light frequency, which is the color of the heart chakra. Everything we are learning here is helping us to build a stronger, 2.0 version of ourselves, and knowledge really is power, when it's put into use. This is our last episode of Season 10 of the podcast and of 2023. I'll see you next week as we come back with an overview of the TOP 10 episodes from 2023, as chosen by you, and PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich. Have a safe and Happy New Year, and I'll see you in 2024 with Season 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. CONNECT WITH DMITRY LEONOV Website https://taopatch.co/ LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/dmitrileonov/?originalSubdomain=de RESOURCES: Research https://taopatch.co/pages/research Djokovic Wins French Open—After Claiming Nanotechnology TaoPatch on his chest Boosts On-Court Performance Article by Siladitya Ray Forbes Magazine Published June 11, 2023 https://www.forbes.com/sites/siladityaray/2023/06/11/djokovic-wins-french-open-after-claiming-nanotechnology-taopatch-on-his-chest-boosts-on-court-performance/?sh=31491bf7f7cd Press Release Nobel Prize in Chemistry Awarded in October 2023 for the development of Quantum Dots  https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/chemistry/2023/press-release/   REFERENCES:   [i] https://taopatch.co/     [ii] The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences Nobel Prize 2023 https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/chemistry/2023/press-release/   [iii] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31574513/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #312 with David Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-frequency-expert-david-wong-on-master-your-frequency-and-take-control-of-your-personal-professional-life-and-health/  

“Gratitude is an attitude that hooks us up to our source of supply. And the more grateful you are, the closer you become to your maker, to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being.” That's from Bob Proctor, who writes that Chapter 7 on “Gratitude” from The Science of Getting Rich is “a phenomenal lesson.” Welcome to our review of chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910. What's UNIQUE with How to Think and Act in this Certain Way with Gratitude? What's new, different and unique about this chapter that unlocks the combination to wealth and abundance within the pages of this book, when we read chapters 4/14 and 7 in this order, for 90 days? It's within this chapter, on Gratitude, a topic that many of us already know about but I'm going to suggest there's a much deeper way to look at Gratitude, through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles.   For today's episode, I hope to tap us into how Wattles thought about Gratitude so we can see, feel and experience this word, gratitude, in a deeper, and more meaningful way. We covered this topic already on EP 181 on “The Ingredients of an Effective Gratitude Practice” where we connected the most current brain research to this widely used success principle.  But what we have NOT covered yet, is how on the earth did Wallace D. Wattles think of this practice as important and then tie it to wealth and abundance in 1910? What did he suggest that we have NOT discussed yet on this podcast? What have we missed, that's REALLY important? This is the question I ask EVERYONE at the end of an interview. I don't want to leave any stones unturned. I'm going to suggest that what we have missed will be revealed when we put these three chapters together, bringing out the “secret within the syllabus of this book” where we learn to THINK AND ACT in this “certain way.” From experience, I can tell you if you follow this activity for 90 days, you will witness strange and marvelous things occur in your world, with constant regularity.  You just need to READ and APPLY these 3 chapters, in this order practicing things in this CERTAIN WAY, as Wallace D. Wattles suggests. Then I'm hoping that this review will help you to shorten the time it takes you to experience these AHA moments of learning that took me over 25 years to finally understand and move you quicker towards whatever it is that you want. As I'm writing this episode, I'm STILL uncovering truths that have escaped me previously. Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain This brings us to chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910 on “Gratitude.” When I look in my notebook, the first line I highlighted was line 13 that reads “the whole process of mental adjustment and attunement can be summed up in one word, gratitude.” Next, I highlighted There's a lot more than meets the eye when we read these two important sections of Chapter 7. We could spend the whole episode just talking about this word gratitude, through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. What does he mean by mental adjustment and attunement? I will explain this in a way I learned it from all the seminars where this point was hammered home. Let's say we have a problem that's weighing us down. It could be a work problem, a relationship problem, a financial problem, or anything that's on our mind and really messing with us. We all have been here, and we would have the tendency to want to focus on the problem right? Call up our friends and tell them about it, and say “Hey, what do you think about this?” looking for some sort of comradery from our peers. Wattles would warn us against this and say that “the moment you permit your mind to dwell with dissatisfaction with things as they are, you begin to lose ground. You fix your mind upon the common, the ordinary, the poor, and the squalid and mean; and your mind takes the form of these things.” Now reading this passage for 90 days, if you read it out loud, you won't miss this part. When times are difficult, NEVER talk about them, as this gives them more energy and the problems you are having will grow. Wattles says you must get “involved with this process of mental adjustment” (where you learn to SWITCH your thinking from dwelling on what's going wrong, to focusing everything you've got on what's going right). I mentioned this in PART 2[i] of this series that I'm fully aware that Wattles would not want me talking about the difficult times in my past when money was tight, as this would be letting my mind focus on the “common, and the poor” and he warns us against “dwelling on the inferior.” (Chapter 7, Gratitude, SGR). It matters what we think about, and if you think that your thoughts do not affect others, think again. Have you ever heard the idea “before you speak, I'll hear you?” Our thoughts have a tremendous impact on others, especially those closest to us, so keep them positive and work on strategies to overcome negative thinking when you notice these thoughts creeping in. We dove deep into this on EP 273.[ii] Over time, if you can develop a habit with this, it will make your life much easier. This is learning the process of “mental adjustment” and making it a habit.  Then “attunement” will be to live your life “This Certain Way” where you “attune” yourself to whatever it is that you want. We've talked about this concept often on this podcast, where we acknowledge that we are Spiritual Beings, living in a Physical Body, with an Intellect, and everything that exists, is joined together (these levels of vibration) like the colors of the rainbow. Reaching our goals is about “attuning” to the level of vibration or frequency that they sit on. Wattles mentions these laws starting in Chapter 2 of his book, so he is saying that once we have mentally adjusted our mind (away from what we don't want, and towards what we do want) that we next need to “attune” ourselves to whatever it is that we want. How do we do this? With Gratitude When I ever hear, anyone mention they are grateful for something, it stops me in my tracks. It might sound like a trivial thing to say, but to me, especially after studying this chapter for over 25 years, it's deeply meaningful. Dr. Joe Dispenza knows the power of the words “Be grateful for it” as he's put it in his Courageous Heart Meditation. We know the power of this meditation as he measures his seminar attendees BEFORE and AFTER listening to this, and it has a profound impact on a person's state of well-being. Gratitude and Being Grateful for something…is powerful. Why? Because being grateful connects you directly to your source of supply. The more grateful you are, the closer you become to your maker, to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being.” (This is the quote we opened up this episode with from Bob Proctor). Now we are talking.  Real Gratitude can be felt, and I don't know about you, but I'm drawn to those who have a grateful heart. You just want to be near people like this. So how do we become more grateful? 3 STEPS for Putting Gratitude into Practice When times are difficult, whatever it might be (your health, your work, your relationship, or finances) the minute you find your mind dwelling on the negatives, and catch yourself from feeling sorry for yourself in some way, STOP right there, and practice these 3 steps. STEP 1: PRACTICE MENTAL ADJUSTMENT Think about what you are grateful for. Put the focus on what's working in your life, instead of what's going wrong. This might take some time to get your mind past the negatives, but with time, it will become a habit. This is the “mental adjustment” part.  I created notepads years ago that I would hand out whoever took my workshops so they could write out what they are grateful for on a list. I first saw this idea used in the seminars.[iii] You can also find Gratitude books, like Jack Canfield's[iv] so you can create this habit and make it a part of your day. ONCE we've practiced, MENTAL ADJUSTMENT: STEP 2: ATTUNE OURSELVES TO THE SPIRITUAL WORLD: Here is where we implement Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. We have already mentally adjusted our mind from thinking away from what we do not want, to what we DO want, and created our list of what we are grateful for. This itself (having a grateful heart) hooks us up to our source of supply. We have not ever mentioned God on this podcast (yet) but this is what I could call my maker, or the architect of the universe that Gratitude connects me to. You might call it something else, but it's here that we acknowledge there's something bigger than ourselves. Dr. Andrew Huberman recently said on a podcast with Lex Fridman that he has recently started to use prayer in the morning when “there's something he cannot resolve on his own.” He acknowledges that “prayer is powerful” and “gets you outside of yourself” and that “there's something bigger than me, bigger than nature, that I can't understand or control to give over to it.”[v] (talking about his problems). Wattles explains it this way when he says “First, you believe there is one Intelligent Substance, from which all things proceed; (what is this substance-call it what you will, I call it God) second, you believe this substance gives you everything you desire; and third, you relate yourself to it by a feeling of deep and profound gratitude.” I don't ever want to push my beliefs on others, but there are just some things that we cannot explain. I spend my spare time hiking in the mountains in Arizona, and I can't put into words what I feel at certain parts of the hiking trail. There is a definite connection to the spiritual world, (that I feel) and I don't know when I started doing this, but I throw out anything I want solved off the edge of the mountain, and wait to see what answers come to me.” Sounds incredibly strange, (to say this out loud, or maybe not if you do something similar) but when I heard that Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman uses prayer every morning, and then I made the connection that “a grateful heart” connects us to our source of supply, I started to see this practice as more magical than strange. I just cannot explain anything I see, or feel as I'm going outside of myself for answers or solutions, but it all begins with a grateful heart. I just know that whatever it is that I see and feel, that when I say “thank you” after whatever it is that I've asked for, it feels like magic. I hear an imaginary “your welcome” as I know that I'm connected to the world is a way that I'll never be able to explain with neuroscience. STEP 3: GUARD OUR THINKING: “Do not permit your mind to dwell on the inferior” (Wattles, Chapter 7, Gratitude) but “surround yourself with the best to become the best.” It matters who you hang out with as the thoughts that you think, the words that you speak, all matter. STEP 4: EXPECT GOOD THINGS TO HAPPEN “The grateful mind continually expects good things, and expectation becomes faith. The reaction of gratitude upon one's own mind produces faith. “It is necessary, then, to cultivate the habit of being grateful for every good thing that comes to you; and give thanks continuously.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR).  REVIEW AND CONCLUSION To review and conclude PART 4 of our Deep Dive of Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich, we covered Chapter 7, on Gratitude. REMEMBER: PART 1[vi] of our review, we've seen the importance of opening up our minds to prosperity thinking, (that there is more than enough for all of us vs poverty consciousness that there is not enough) and PART 2[vii] we focused on the power of our thoughts, specifically with how to “think and act in this certain way” to achieve the results we are talking about here. We gave examples of two distinct types of thinkers, encouraging all of us to open the keyhole in the door (or kick in the door) and expand of level of awareness in this process. Last week with PART 3[viii] of our review, we explored Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase, with two suggestions for Acting in this Certain Way with everyone we interact with. Finally, today, on PART 4, we covered Chapter 7 on Gratitude that connected us directly with our source of supply. We looked at 4 STEPS to practicing Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles: STEP 1: PRACTICE MENTAL ADJUSTMENT Think about what you are grateful for. STEP 2: ATTUNE OURSELVES TO THE SPIRITUAL WORLD: Here is where we implement Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. I'm starting to see the syllabus in a different way. What is this “thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe?” This is definitely something much bigger than myself. STEP 3: GUARD OUR THINKING: Be careful at the urge to want to talk about our problems with others. “The grateful mind is constantly fixed on the best.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR). STEP 4: EXPECT GOOD THINGS TO HAPPEN  since “a grateful mind continually expects good things, and expectation becomes faith.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR). If we were to read these 3 chapters, in this order, for 90 days, and implement these strategies, strange and marvelous things will occur and not only change YOUR life, but those around you. I challenge you to read these 3 chapters, in this order, for 90 days, and let me know what you notice. And with that, I'll close out this episode and wish everyone Happy Holidays, wherever you tune in around the world. We will continue our review of this book in 2024, as well as will have an overview of the TOP 10 episodes from 2023. What surprised me when I looked at the past year (that The Silva Method, PARTS 1-4 were by far the most listened to episodes of the year. This shows me that you the listener, were interested in improving creativity, innovation and intuition, and gives me a roadmap for where to go as we move into Season 11 in 2024. Happy Holidays! REFERENCES: Bob Proctor Fireside Chat on Think and Grow Rich Chapter 7 on Gratitude https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pMCavk4icgM Supercharge your gratitude with Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wcLwhWO1O6k Gratitude to help you through difficult times with Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IrF6m0hCvQE Gratitude a Daily Journal by Jack Canfield Published Dec. 4, 2007  https://www.amazon.com/Gratitude-Daily-Journal-Jack-Canfield/dp/0757307108 Gratitude Worksheet https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/yrf55yv6q94hzbkyq67l3/PGI-Gratitude-Pad.pdf?rlkey=vfqbq5vykrikjznludkoe6qif&dl=0   REFERENCES:     [i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #273 on Self-Regulation: Using Neuroscience to Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts, Emotions and Behaviors  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-self-regulation-using-neuroscience-to-regulate-automatic-negative-thoughts-emotions-and-behaviors/   [iii] Gratitude List https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/yrf55yv6q94hzbkyq67l3/PGI-Gratitude-Pad.pdf?rlkey=vfqbq5vykrikjznludkoe6qif&dl=0   [iv] Jack Canfield Gratitude: A Daily Journal https://www.amazon.com/Gratitude-Daily-Journal-Jack-Canfield/dp/0757307108   [v] Andrew Huberman on Prayer and Faith in God https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ivDqfmicrAI   [vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/   [vii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/     [viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #316 PART 3 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/  

Edd Schultz worked as an exorcist alongside the late Ed and Lorraine Warren. The legacy of the Warrens - whose cases are the basis for such well known films as THE CONJURING series - is becoming an increasingly controversial one. Edd visits with Talking Weird to chat about his personal and professional experiences with the famous ghost hunting couple.Edd has a Bachelor's degree in Philosophy and a Master's degree in Theology, specializing in Psychology of Religion. He is also a graduate of the Silva Method of psychic development.In the 1970s he lectured extensively on the Church and the Occult, in response to the “Occult Explosion” of interest in all things paranormal. During this time he became co-founder and co-director of the Foundation for Christian Psychic Research, an educational organization designed to bring a Christian interpretation to the study of parapsychology and the paranormal. It was during this time that he worked briefly for world famous ghost hunters Ed and Lorraine Warren, aiding in investigations and performing exorcisms. He was also nicknamed “The Psychic Priest” by a radio talk show host because of his experiments in remote viewing and intuitive diagnosis.After his retirement from the ministry, Edd became a Certified Hypnotherapist. He has also authored numerous books on various subjects, including BE STILL AND KNOW: A Practical Guide to Christian Meditation, and his latest project, a sort of autobiography entitled THE CONFESSIONS OF A PSYCHIC PRIEST, which he hopes to finish by the end of this year.This is a revealing and insightful episode with one of the show's most popular regular guests. Do not miss it!This show is part of the Spreaker Prime Network, if you are interested in advertising on this podcast, contact us at https://www.spreaker.com/show/4602609/advertisement

“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work. Review of Chapter 4 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's Becoming Supernatural on The Blessing of the Energy Centers that requires us to now implement everything that we've learned in his book. ✔ The Power of Our Energy and Understanding Frequency. ✔ Using Our Mind to Imagine Our Energy and Thoughts ✔ Using our Focus and Concentration to Create Stronger More Powerful Thoughts ✔ How Energy Flows in Our Body: A Look at the 8 Chakras in Our Body ✔ Why We Want to Move Our Energy to the Top 4 Chakras in Our Body to CREATE NEW Ideas in Our Life. ✔ 5 Steps for Putting Dr. Dispenza's Blessing of the Energy Centers Meditation into Practice. Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon. Today as we cover PART 4 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strategies, that are backed by science.  We will do this by looking at CH 4 of Becoming Supernatural, a book that is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace. Today we will cover Chapter 4 of this book, called “Blessing of the Energy Centers” we will learn exactly HOW to use this powerful energy that we all have, to CREATE something new in our life, or to direct this energy towards healing our body, or tap into increased creativity using our intuitive factors. Today, we bring all PARTS of our study together, and make it all applicable. We will also connect the science to this practice, and places on past podcast episodes where we can strengthen our understanding of these concepts that are difficult to apply, since we were not taught about how to manage our energy in school, nor were we taught about how to harness the power of a meditation practice for healing our body, or creating new results. But we will cover these fascinating topics on today's episode. I did want to mention how I love hearing from people from all over the world, with their experience of studying Dr. Dispenza's work. For many who've been on this journey for years, this is just a review, and reminder of different ways we can all continue to build on the knowledge we've learned over the years. Even Dr. Dispenza himself has mentioned the immense learning that took place for him over the years, which is a good reminder for all of us that we are all on a journey, in this thing called life, and it takes time to unlock our greatest potential. It Takes Time. Awareness. And Practice. I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice into our daily lives. I'm sure we will return to this series in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today. Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain. For those tuning into this episode, and you've not listened to PART 1 EP 306[i] yet, PART 2 EP 310[ii]  or PART 3 EP 311[iii] I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first learned about Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, and see how he fits into what we've been covering on the podcast the past 10 seasons. For today's episode #313 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work we will look at Chapter 4 of Becoming Supernatural, called “The Blessing of the Energy Centers” where we will now see how to put ALL of what we've learned into practice. Understanding the Power of Our Energy Understanding Frequency: What We Can See, And What We Cannot See The first part of understanding and using the potential that we each have within us, is with understanding Electromagnetic Frequencies, since we are all made of “either light and information” (Ch 4 Becoming Supernatural) or “energy and consciousness.” (Ch4 Becoming Supernatural). This was what our whole episode #312 with David Wong[iv] was about. He taught us of the importance of keeping our energy or frequency high at all times, with some ideas on how to raise our frequency and “tap into” higher levels for improved health, wealth and success. When we think of the unlimited power or potential that each of us holds within us, it's helpful to think of The Light Spectrum of Electromagnetic Frequencies that shows that there are some things (or frequencies) we can see, like visible light, and but others that we cannot see (like x-rays or even radio waves). This diagram clearly shows that “there's a sea of invisible frequencies” (Ch 4, Becoming Supernatural) that all carry “encoded information.” Just because we cannot see a certain frequency, it doesn't mean it isn't there. We ALL have access to this unlimited potential, or sea of possibility that we've talked about throughout this series that we know science has proven is there. Our body is made up of light/information and energy/consciousness and we are all conscious beings with a body that sends/receives frequencies just like a radio. Just like how we tune into a certain radio station and hear our favorite songs on that station. When we want to listen to different music, we change the station and tap into a different frequency. What Radio Station Are YOU Projecting Out to the World? We've talked about this before on the podcast, that it's important what we think and feel, because others can tap into our energy or frequency. You'll agree with me that some people project positive energy or vibes, while others, it's just the opposite. Remember that “ALL frequencies carry information.” (Ch 3, Becoming Supernatural). Using Our Mind to Image Our Energy As our energy increases (or the frequency speeds up) the wavelength decreases (look how the waves are closer together at the left of the diagram). As our energy decreases (or frequency slows down) the wavelength increases or the waves get longer and longer, at the right of the diagram. What does this mean? Think about it…lots of energy, lots of shorter waves, less energy, less and longer waves. This makes sense to me as we build momentum while working, our energy increases, and so do the waves we create. We can get into a rhythm where our energy carries us forward (whether we are physically tired or not) because we've built momentum with our energy versus when our energy slows down, it takes more time to build momentum. How to Use Our Mind to Increase the Amplitude of The Frequency of Our Thoughts I first attempted to explain this in my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed (2008, Samadi, Page 75) on the Lessons on the Mind. You can see the image I drew in this book in the show notes. If I had my powerful strong thoughts on the left side, and the weaker, slower thoughts on the right side, it would match identically with Dr. Dispenza's diagram in Chapter 4 of his book on Electromagnetic Frequencies. What I wanted to show with this diagram, was that we can use the power of our mind, or our will, to increase the amplitude of each frequency to increases the power of our thoughts. What does this mean? Just put some effort into our thinking, (which is hard work to actually think a focused thought) but with practice, we can change weak thoughts, and turn them into more powerful and effective thoughts. IMAGE SOURCE: The Secret for Teens Revealed by Andrea Samadi (Page 75). I heard this quote the other day, which brings this image and idea to life. Henry Ford says that “Thinking is hard work. That's why there are so few people doing it.” This rings true to me, especially writing this series on Dr. Dispenza's work. I had to THINK hard while reading each chapter, and then take what I was learning, and see HOW exactly does this apply to our life. Thinking is hard work, and exhausting. This 4-part series spans over a 3-month period for exactly this reason, and we are only taking a shallow dive with this. When we are really using our mind to THINK new thoughts, it will take a lot of our energy to do this. Be sure that while you are applying the ideas in this 4-part series that you are getting plenty of rest while consolidating these ideas. Let's go back to understanding frequencies. I think by now you'll agree with me that we've painted a clear picture of different kinds of frequencies that exist in the world, and how we can tune into different frequencies just like tuning into different radio stations, with the suggestion to make our thoughts more powerful by using our will to concentrate, and increase the amplitude of thoughts. How Do We Learn To “Tune” Into Different Frequencies? This is where Dr. Dispenza launches us into the world of his meditations. We don't need to use his, we have mentioned many different meditations that you can use, and I'm sure that you will have your favorite. I wouldn't have even known about Dr. Dispenza's meditations[v] if that person hadn't have commented on our episode for raising our HRV levels, letting me know about Dr. Dispenza's Courageous Heart Meditation. Dr. Dispenza actually has a meditation called Blessing the Energy Centers[vi] that helps us to put this chapter into practice and there are 5 of them, starting with Level 1, and progressing through to Level 5. Before I explain what we will learn to do with this meditation, I've got to say that I loved to see how he mentioned this specific meditation will help us to improve our Convergent (narrow) and Divergent (going from narrow to more broad) Focus. Convergent and Divergent Thinking Revisited We dove deep into these two types of thinking on our 4th PART of The Silva Method.[vii] We covered this final part of creating something CREATIVE and INNOVATIVE by going back and forth between two types of thinking: Divergent Thinking: Where we take a known object in the world, and expand upon this idea, the more ideas the better, wandering through your ideas that you already know (from your memory bank) with the hopes that the connections you make reveals something new. Convergent Thinking: That's the opposite of divergent thinking, but it's where we use focus and persistence to narrow in on an idea helping us to make sense of it in the real world. We used Dr. Andrew Huberman's research in PART 4 of The Silva Method. If you want to dive deeper into Dr. Andrew Huberman's thorough explanation of Creativity and the Brain[viii], he takes things much deeper than we cover. He doesn't miss anything and even goes on to show us the parts of the brain that light up when we are involved in divergent vs convergent thinking, and the 2 types of meditation that are proven to improve each of these ways of thinking. He says that “open monitored meditation” (like just closing your eyes and paying attention to your thoughts without judgement) is well documented to improve our divergent thinking capability, and focused attention meditation (like staring at a flame of light) or Dr. Dispenza's Blessing of the Energy Centers that we are covering today is another way to improve our convergent thinking capabilities. Dr. Dispenza explains that his Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation, that takes us through each of our energy centers (or chakras) helps us to strengthen our divergent thinking ability (narrow focus) as we put our attention on each of the chakras in our body. Then we strengthen our convergent thinking ability when we take our focus off something narrow (our chakras) and expand our thinking into the Quantum World from something to no-thing which we know is a sea of possibility for us all to access, tapping into unlimited potential, creativity and innovation. How Does Energy Flow in the Body? We heard it from Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP #307[ix] that in order to create balance in our body, he suggests that we learn how to balance our chakras. Dr. Dispenza explains in Chapter 4 of Becoming Supernatural that we have 8 chakras, and the first 3 (root, sacral and solar plexus) are the energy centers we use when we are in survival mode. The goal of his Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation is to learn how to open up each chakra, creating balance in our body, and open ourselves up to new ideas, and creativity as we move through all of our chakras, to the last one above our head. He reminds us to “not get stuck in the first 3 energy centers” (Ch 4, Becoming Supernatural) which reminded me of the famous and most misunderstand chapter from Napoleon Hill's famous Think and Grow Rich book, that was about The Transmutation of Sex Energy[x]. If you read this chapter, and wondered “how do we transmute our energy from a lower form to a higher” this chapter explains it. As we work on opening each chakra, moving past the first 3, and up to opening the heart, we will begin to feel more gratitude, and move into creative thinking, tapping into our subconscious mind. We will now be creating a coherent heart and brain, aligning our chakras, and NOW…the magic happens. This is the power behind Dr. Dispenza's Blessing of the Heart Meditations and this understanding can help us to apply this powerful technique of “blessing our energy center” opening up our heart and tapping into our subconscious mind to CREATE new ideas or opportunities in our future with this meditation (if we choose it) or another one that you might know of, that also allows you to open up your chakras. PUTTING THIS MEDITATION INTO PRACTICE: STEP 1: LISTEN to Dr. Dispenza's Blessing of the Energy Center[xi] and see how he takes us through each of the chakras. STEP 2: Notice when you are using Convergent (narrow focus) vs Divergent (opening your focus to the world) during this practice. STEP 3: Start your own meditation practice Blessing YOUR energy centers and see what you notice. STEP 4: Notice when you are stuck in the first 3 energy centers in survival mode. Work on moving to the heart chakra, opening up to more love and gratitude, which will take you towards more creativity and innovation in your daily life. While I know I'm not the best artist, I think you'll get the idea from the image I attempted to sketch out in the show notes. Our goal is to balance all 8 of our chakras, that will keep our energy field strong. If you see the image I drew on the right, this person is only operating from their first 3 chakras, and their energy field is diminished. When we are operating in survival mode it is very difficult to think, create and innovate. STEP 5: Write down any new insights that you gain from this practice. Over time you will be tapping into your subconscious mind where you will have access to the Quantum World we have been studying in the first 3 PARTS of this book study. This is where we will go to create something NEW and exciting in our future, with the power of our own mind. We will become Supernatural, and prove that common people, can truly do the uncommon. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude episode #313 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we covered Chapter 4 of his book, with 5 TIPS for putting the Blessing of the Energy Centers into practice. This is our final look at Dr. Joe Dispenza's book where you will see now why it's a shallow dive, not a deep one. This is just the beginning, and requires work from all of us to see the results from doing things a certain way. Just a reminder, in this 4 PART SERIES we covered PART 1: ✔ Chapter 1: Opening the Door to the Supernatural with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life. Do you know what you REALLY want? Have you made a committed DECISION towards your goals? Have you let go of what others think of you, and surrendered to doing what it takes to achieve your goals? ✔ Chapter 2: The Present Moment, with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life. Are you aware of the energy that you broadcast out into the world? (If not, have you asked others for feedback on how you show up in the workplace or family life?) Are you doing everything possible to move the needle towards your goals (or whatever it is that you are working on)? Have you made space for unknown events to occur in your life to move you forward?   IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Supernatural While researching this book, we reached out to Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, for our insightful interview #307[xii] where we learned that we are “light beings, spiritual beings” and his advice to us was to be sure we find a way to balance the chakras in our body. His work with his GDV Technology that took Kirlian photography to new weights reminded me of what's possible when we believe in ourselves, and use our mind to think creatively and then take action on the ideas that we create in our minds. There isn't ANYTHING that we cannot accomplish. Or like the name of Dr. Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People Are Doing the Uncommon. PART 2: ✔ 3 Important Concepts in Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural that have the ability to change OUR life, when implemented. IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1:  Accessing the Present Moment IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2:  Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Brain and Body for a New Future IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3:  Elevated Emotion ✔ What science has to say about these timeless success principles? ✔ Strategies to IMPLEMENT these principles into our daily life for improved results. ✔ How to use our emotions FOR us, rather than AGAINST us. ✔ Why we must continue to learn more about WHO WE ARE for improved results ✔ How METACOGNITION (and our awareness of how we think, act and feel) creates AHA Moments of Learning in our daily life.  PART 3: Review Chapter 3 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural on Accessing The Quantum World for improved results in our personal, professional life, or with our health and wellness.  STEP 1: DROPPING INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: OPENING THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD STEP 2: SETTING A CLEAR INTENTION OF WHAT YOU WANT TO CHANGE IN YOUR LIFE STEP 3: HOW TO CHANGE YOUR ENERGY STEP 4: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU LEARN in THE QUANTUM WORLD STEP 5: RECORDING WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING PART 4: Review of Chapter 4 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's Becoming Supernatural on The Blessing of the Energy Centers that requires us to now implement everything that we've learned in his book. ✔ The Power of Our Energy and Understanding Frequency. ✔ Using Our Mind to Imagine Our Energy and Thoughts ✔ Using our Focus and Concentration to Create Stronger More Powerful Thoughts ✔ How Energy Flows in Our Body: A Look at the 8 Chakras in Our Body ✔ Why We Want to Move Our Energy to the Top 4 Chakras in Our Body to CREATE NEW Ideas in Our Life. ✔ 5 Steps for Putting Dr. Dispenza's Blessing of the Energy Centers Meditation into Practice. Now the work begins. Like I said when we first started this review, this is a shallow dive. The work begins now as we work on ourselves daily to keep our chakras aligned and balanced, and finding ways that we can move our energy from the lower parts of our body, up to our heart, throat, head and beyond, where we can tap into creative and innovative forces of energy to help us with whatever it is we are working on. Our health. Our Personal Lives. Our Professional Lives. Our Wealth. I hope you can see how to awaken our extraordinary potential in our everyday life and that you can see how you can become Supernatural, and achieve things that are not commonly seen. And with that, I'll close out this episode. For those in the US celebrating Thanksgiving, Happy Thanksgiving and for the rest of our listeners, sending love and gratitude to you all for tuning in each week. We'll see you when we return in December. RESOURCES: Blessing the Energy Meditation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uzBTu7R3TSU&t=11s    REFERENCES:   [i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 1  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/   [ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 2   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-2-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/   [iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 3  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-3-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/   [iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 312 with David Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-frequency-expert-david-wong-on-master-your-frequency-and-take-control-of-your-personal-professional-life-and-health/   [v] https://drjoedispenza.com/shop/categories?shopSection=Meditations   [vi] https://drjoedispenza.com/shop/categories?shopSection=All%20Products&q=blessing%20   [vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 4 of The Silva Method on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/   [viii] Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.”   https://hubermanlab.com/the-science-of-creativity-and-how-to-enhance-creative-innovation/   [ix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/   [x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 of Our Review of Think and Grow Rich “Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/   [xi] Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation by Dr. Joe Dispenza https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uzBTu7R3TSU&t=11s   [xii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/  

Get ready to embark on a journey into the human mind with Dr. Patrick Porter, an innovator in the realm of brainwave technology. This episode promises to enlighten you on the profound effects of light, sound, and vibration on the human body. The conversation delves into Dr. Porter's introduction to the Silva Method and his creation of the revolutionary BrainTap headset. We also delve into the intriguing world of neuroplasticity—our brain's capacity to change and adapt.Ever wondered how stress impacts your brain? Or how you can flex the power of your mind to combat stress? Dr. Porter offers insightful perspectives on these matters and shares his knowledge on boosting neuroplasticity. In our engaging discussion, we not only explore how to increase neuroplasticity by an astounding 39% in just six weeks, but also the implications of not exercising our brains. We continue our enlightening discourse by discussing the potential benefits of the BrainTap headset for those dealing with anxiety. Dr. Porter shares how thrice-daily use of the headset can uplift mood, boost performance, and even aid in the detoxification of the brain. By the end of our conversation, you'll have a deeper understanding of how light, sound, and isochronic tones can regulate our emotions, enhance neuroplasticity, and aid in stress relief, pain control, life improvement, and health optimization. Tune in now to this information-packed episode!To access Brain Tap and learn more click this link:  https://braintap.com?afmc=3v7&utm_campaign=3v7&utm_source=leaddyno&utm_medium=affiliate --------To learn more about holistic dentistry, check out Dr. Carver's website:http://carverfamilydentistry.comTo contact Dr. Carver directly, email her at drcarver@carverfamilydentistry.com. Want to talk with someone at Dr. Carver's office?  Call her practice: 413-663-7372Disclaimer: This podcast is for educational purposes only. Information discussed is not intended for diagnosis, curing, or prevention of any disease and is not intended to replace advice given by a licensed healthcare practitioner. Before using any products mentioned or attempting methods discussed, please speak with a licensed healthcare provider. This podcast disclaims responsibility from any possible adverse reactions associated with products or methods discussed. Opinions from guests are their own, and this podcast does not condone or endorse opinions made by guests. We do not provide guarantees about the guests' qualifications or credibility. This podcast and its guests may have direct or indirect financial interests associated with products mentioned.

“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work. On today's EPISODE #311 on "Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind" and PART 3 of our Review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we will: Review Chapter 3 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book,  Becoming Supernatural on Accessing The Quantum World for improved results in our personal, professional life, or with our health and wellness.  STEP 1: DROPPING INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: OPENING THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD STEP 2: SETTING A CLEAR INTENTION OF WHAT YOU WANT TO CHANGE IN YOUR LIFE STEP 3: HOW TO CHANGE YOUR ENERGY STEP 4: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU LEARN in THE QUANTUM WORLD STEP 5: RECORDING WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING ✔ What science has to say about the Quantum World? ✔ Strategies on how to IMPLEMENT these 5 STEPS into our daily life for improved results (personally, professionally and with our health). Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon. Today as we cover PART 3 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strategies, that are backed by science.  We will do this by looking at CH 3 of Becoming Supernatural, a book that is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace. This book study has taken me some time to think, and consolidate what I'm learning since we released PART 1 the end of September. I needed this time to put Dr. Dispenza's ideas and meditations into practice, and have spent the past month and a half, immersed in his teachings, filling in the gaps of understanding I've had since I first began studying human potential in the late 1990s. As mentioned in the first part of this study, this is a shallow dive, and it's just the beginning. I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice into our daily lives. I'm sure we will return to this episode in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today. We'll review what we learned in PART1 and PART 2, preparing us for this exciting journey of our mind, with PART 3 today, where we'll put it all into action, with something we want to achieve in our own life. Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain. For those tuning into this episode, and you've not listened to PART 1 EP 306[i] yet, or PART 2 EP 310[ii]  I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first learned about Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, and see how he fits into what we've been covering on the podcast the past 10 seasons. For today's episode #311 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work we'll pick up where we left off with the importance of living in the present moment, mental rehearsal, and priming our brain AND body for a new future. We recall the importance of creating an elevated emotion that helps to develop a coherent heart, combined with a clear intention that develops a coherent brain, creating a magnetic field that projects beyond our body to be used for ourselves and others. And before you think I'm completely crazy, which I know is possible, as I'm reading what I'm writing, it does sound crazy, or a bit off the wall, but scientists like Dr. Konstantin Korotkov[iii] have been measuring these energy fields around the body with technology that can accurately pick up the physical health of our body and mind in an instant, pinpointing any areas of concern, and changing the way we approach our mental health and wellness in the future. Next we will take all of this deep back knowledge and move into Chapter 3 of Becoming Supernatural, that he calls “Tuning into New Potentials in the Quantum” and see how we can all use it in our daily lives. I know we've talked about this Quantum World through Dr. Dispenza's work that exists when “you take your attention off objects in your physical environment” and “take your attention off linear time (which has a past and a future) and “you are (now) in the present moment, in which all possibilities in the quantum field exist.” (Ch 3, Becoming Supernatural).  I hand drew what this looks like with the “Predictable Timeline” from Chapter 2 of Becoming Superhuman to show the importance of being in the present moment for accessing something NEW we want to create in our life. IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman WHAT IS QUANTUM THEORY? Before I even start to explain this, I've got to say that explaining this concept has been on my mind since first launching this podcast back in 2019. Over the years I've heard of this idea in many different ways, so when interviewing certain speakers, my goal was always to connect the science to this concept of “another world” where ALL possibilities exit that just seems flat out crazy. But I heard it over and over again. The same idea, explained slightly differently in different books, through different people, in a slightly different way. Each person added to my understanding, but it's been a process for me to connect each person's definition, and put it into practice in my own life. What IS the Quantum World? 2018 Dr. Daniel Siegel Aware[iv]: The Science and Practice of Presence I went a very long time not completely understanding this idea of Quantum Theory or The Quantum World that Dr. Dispenza writes about beautifully in Chapter 3. Dr. Dispenza became well known with a movie he produced, explaining this concept in a unique way, in the early 2000s but the movie was labelled as pseudoscience because I don't think that the science had caught up to his level of thinking. I admire Dr. Dispenza for pushing past this time, as the science eventually caught up to him and then he met Dr. Korotkov and was finally able to measure what he knew to be true with GDV technology, and with other tools, that he talks about in his book. But over the years I wondered “What is this Quantum World and how can I access it to create these unforeseen events in my own life?” Then I heard it from someone who I knew had the scientific background to bring credibility to this idea! I was on a webinar with Dr. Dan Siegel in 2018, and I heard him explaining this concept I knew to be called The Quantum Field or Quantum Theory through his Wheel of Awareness Meditation[v].  Right then and there, I knew I had to interview Dr. Siegel and learn more about what he was saying. I'm beyond grateful he said yes as one of our early interviews, episode #28[vi]. He could have looked at our episode count and think we weren't a popular enough show (as we were in the beginning stages with this podcast) but not Dan Siegel. He's connected to this plane of consciousness and brings credibility to anyone who talks about it with his background, research and deep knowledge of looking at the world through a scientific lens. I think he knew on some level that his work would unlock something for more than just my level of thinking, (but for all those who would tune in over the years) as this is how this World (or Plane) of Possibility really works. He says…   Dr. Siegel says that “physics has demonstrated that we have 2 realms in the physical universe—and this is not commonly known” when he explains what happens to us at different parts of his Wheel of Awareness practice. We did a deep dive into this meditation practice, as it was the first time I saw something designed to help us to access and navigate into this 2nd world, using our mind on EP 60[vii] on “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice: A Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation” where I focused on some of the benefits I noticed personally from practicing his meditation daily, like an increased focused attention, a stronger interoceptive sense, an increased connection to people around the world, and then I said “there is more we can say on this topic and that I know with time, practice and as my own awareness increases, I will have a deeper understanding of the Wheel of Awareness.” I put an image of how Dr. Siegel would describe this State of Mind where we tap into this “other” plane of awareness, through meditation. I knew looking at this diagram in 2019 that Dr. Siegel was explaining something I was still trying to understand myself. During our interview, Dr. Siegel asked me “what have you noticed through practicing The Wheel of Awareness” and looking back now, I know what he was asking. He wrote his book Aware in 2018, a year before our interview. He wanted to know how aware I was. I answered from the point of view of someone who has been using his meditation, but with continued practice, this other world (a second world) opens up, and this is where the fun begins. My answer to him showed him I had not yet arrived at this new world of possibility. When I interviewed my mentor, and speaker Bob Proctor, on EP 66[viii], and asked him if he knew of Dr. Dan Siegel's work, I was trying to connect what I had heard Proctor say over and over again, to the world of science, but Proctor covered this answer by talking about how we all live in a physical body, and with the power of thought, we can “tap into” the spiritual world and create ideas (or beautiful castles) that he would almost pull from the sky. While watching Proctor speaking, I always wondered, where is his mind going? What is this “spiritual” world he is accessing, where anything we want is within our grasp? Proctor would ask you to tell him “what's the MOST money you've ever earned in a year” to see how aware we were. He would say that there was no difference in earning $50,000/year vs $50 million, just the awareness of how to do it. So since working with Proctor in the late 1990s, this question was always in the back of my mind. What is this world he's going to where all possibilities exist? I could see him pulling ideas from the sky when he was speaking, and I knew it mattered what thoughts I was thinking, the actions I was taking. We heard about the principles from Napoleon Hill's Classic Think and Grow Rich many times, especially this point that: “Any idea that is held in the mind that is either feared or revered will, begin at once to clothe itself in the most convenient and appropriate physical forms available.” Andrew Carnegie I knew it was important what we think and especially that we always keep a positive mindset but I couldn't explain why this was true, scientifically to anyone, until I began to connect different people's explanation of “Quantum Theory”, or “The Plane of Possibility”, or “The Sea of Potential” all in one place.  WHAT IS THIS OTHER REALM? Every year, I like to pick a well-known, popular book, preferably one that I have studied for years, and have years of notes taken that I can share on the podcast, like we did with the popular Think and Grow Rich[ix] series, or the most popular Silva Method[x] series.  But I've held off covering the popular book The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D. Wattles which was a seminar I sold in the late 1990s, because I knew I would have to explain Wattles' version of Quantum Theory that's in EVERY chapter of his book.  Wattles' Science of Getting Rich book directly focused on using this space to earn money, and his work goes like this. He says: “There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe. A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought. A person can form things in their thought, and by impressing their thoughts upon the formless substance, can cause the thing they think about to be created.” (Wallace D. Wattles). I'm not kidding, we used to read this passage at seminars, out loud, and I would be thinking “what the heck is he talking about? What is this thinking stuff from which ALL things are made?” I sold this seminar, and had no idea what the main point of it was about. While picking books to cover, this one (with a whole briefcase of notes attached to it) was thrown back into the back of my closet. I thought “there is no way I was ever going to cover this concept on a podcast designed to connect the most current brain research to help us to all improve our lives, with evidence-based strategies” until I started to see this concept show up in the work of reputable scientists like we've seen with Dr. Siegel. I've always had these concepts in the back of my mind, (that I saw working over and over again the seminar industry) or over the years since this time, that I wanted to connect science to, (like Dr. Dispenza ended up doing so well) so that we could ALL advance ourselves forward personally and professionally. These were age-old principles that I knew to be true, (I saw them working over and over again) but I just couldn't explain WHY they were true. Until I read Chapter 3 of Dr. Dispenza's Becoming Supernatural. It was within these pages that I learned that the best way to understand this “quantum” world was to experience it. We must now put chapters 1 and 2 into practice, and this takes time. TUNING INTO NEW POTENTIALS IN THE QUANTUM Dr. Dispenza reminds us to go back to the first two chapters where we practiced opening up to this idea of Becoming Supernatural, then learning to access the present moment, elevating our emotions, using mental rehearsal to prime our mind and body…and now we are ready to step into this Quantum World, where all possibilities exit, to create something new. An unknown event. It's here that we stay on the surface with our dive. If you want to go deeper, read Chapter 3 in detail. I'm not a neuroscientist, or scientist, so explaining the science behind this is not my strength. I just need to know it's there. If you need more science before moving forward, it's there in Chapter 3 of Dr. Dispenza's book, as well, you can find it in Dr. Daniel Siegel's book Aware.  But if you are like me, and just want to practice this now, let's do it. PUTTING CH 3 INTO PRACTICE: ACCESSING THE QUANTUM WORLD Let's walk into the Quantum World together, and see HOW we can create an unknown event in our future.  Something that you might want personally or professionally. Or even something with your health. STEP 1: DROP INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: AND OPEN THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD Accessing the Quantum World begins the minute you STOP and get yourself into the present moment. You can do this sitting down, standing up, or any way you like, but just STOP. Accessing the present moment can occur from using Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation, or ANY of Dr. Dispenza's. It's also the whole point of Jose Silva's Method, where he asks you to count backwards to access this world. Find what works best for you. I had to practice a few meditations over and over again in the early morning time before being able to access the present moment during the day when needed. STEP 2: SET A CLEAR INTENTION In order to use this Plane of Possibility to CREATE something NEW in your life, you first of all must know what it is that you want to create. If you aren't sure what you want to change in your life (this might be clear to you, or it might not be) then I suggest going back to PART 1[xi] of our Think and Grow Rich book review where we looked at how to uncover what you REALLY want in your life. I mentioned that when I was in my late 20s, and was asked “What do you REALLY want?” I didn't have it all figured out back then. It's taken me a lifetime to become crystal clear with what it is that I'm supposed to be doing with my time/work/career. Take the time to figure out what it is that YOU really want, since you will trade your life for it. STEP 3: CHANGE YOUR ENERGY: ELEVATING YOUR EMOTIONS WITH YOUR CLEAR INTENTION We went deep into this idea on our last episode, but this is important for being able to develop a coherent heart, and coherent brain. We know when our brain is working right, we work right. This is why we focus on health and wellness on this podcast. Everything ties in together. Dispenza now takes this idea to a new level. When we are under stress, we will not have a coherent brain. He explains this with a diagram in his book, but you'll get the idea. In order to line up your heart and brain, you can do this by elevating your emotions. This isn't the first time I've heard of this concept. Paul Martinelli[xii] covered it in his Think and Grow Rich study when he added what he thought were two missing chapters to the book (Love and Forgiveness). He said “when you feel love, happiness, energy and clarity, you will feel your vibration shifting” which is another way of saying you are access a new level of creation, on a higher vibration. We covered this concept in depth on EP 67.[xiii] Remember that we all have energy fields surrounding us, and this is one way to expand our energy field, helping us to “tune into” whatever it is that we want to create. The key to accessing whatever it is you want to create in this “World of Possibility” is to keep our energy level high throughout. During times of high stress, our energy field will start to shrink, so it's important to stay rested, nourish our body and mind, and keep our balance (coherent brain and heart). Dr. Korotkov's technology can measure this, and Dr. Dispenza has measured people's energy fields for years. The only way I can put this idea into something visual is to think about this concept. Have you ever seen a bicycle that you must peddle in order for it to generate some other energy type (a light or a television or something?) This is the idea. In order to generate what you want in this unseen world, you must keep pedaling, keeping this energy field strong, healthy, and level of vibration high. When I asked Bob Proctor about the quantum world that Dr. Dan Siegel talks about in our interview[xiv], where there is this plane of possibility where we can create anything, Bob answered with “I believe the physical realm that we live in and the spiritual world, are all connected, like the colors of the rainbow.” When we take an idea, it comes in from spirit, hits our intellectual mind, and it's up to us whether we move it into form.  Have you ever had an idea that you thought was brilliant, and you never did anything with it, and then suddenly you see someone else has created it? That's because there is only one mind, and that we can all tap into these ideas.   This is how ALL ideas happen. They start in the mind of the person who creates it, and then after dedicated work, they hit their target, and people watching might say “Oh wow, that person is so lucky” not realizing the work that went into the attainment of the goal. There are usually years of hard work, (pedaling the bicycle) with persistence, with failures, wrong turns, course corrections, but all starting with that clear vision or idea with an end goal or target. STEP 4: BE OPEN TO WHAT YOU SEE, LEARN and UNCOVER in THE QUANTUM WORLD This last step is where the magic happens. Just be open to what you could possibly create with this NEW energy. Be Patient. This Process Takes Time. ACCESS THE PLANE OF POSSIBILITY There is no right or wrong way to access this plane of possibility. Jose Silva's program walks us through a specific method to use our mind for improving our health (or solve any problem) through a specific technique where we create three scenes. You can see my notes walking through this process in the show notes. In the first scene, we think about the problem we want to solve, (I picked neck pain) the second, we take some sort of action towards solving the problem, (I picked using ice packs and a phrase I learned from hypnotherapy to help the pain to disappear, and then a symbol of the healing. For me all healing and progress takes place at a certain spot on this mountain I hike) and the with the third scene, we imagine our life with our problem solved. (I wrote how awesome it would feel to be free of this pain in my neck)! This is one example of using this Plane of Possibility to solve a problem you have. For you: What do YOU see when you access the plane of possibility? Do you need more help getting here? Try Dr. Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation, or ANY of Dr. Dispenza's meditations. Are you beginning to gain some clarity towards whatever it is that you want to solve? (a personal problem, something with your work, or something with your health?) FIND YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS: If you still need more help here, I highly suggest bringing a team together to help you. This is not a usual team, but a team you gather when you are in your Plane of Possibility. It can be anyone but they are the people you pick to help move your intention forward. This concept might sound strange, but even people like Greg Link[xv], who was the mastermind behind the late Dr. Stephen Covey's 7 Habits of Highly Effective People that sold over 40 million copies worldwide (surpassing the popular Think and Grow Rich book) in 40 languages used this particular strategy. A book doesn't sell 40 million copies without a unique strategy behind it, and I heard it loud and clear in our interview last Spring. Greg mentioned that he had a “board of directors” that he asked questions to. Now this is not your typical board of directors. These are brilliant minds that you bring into your Quantum World of Possibility, and ask for help when you become stuck, to give you ideas to move you forward somehow. STEP 5: TAKE NOTE OF WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING Getting to the stage when you can at will, create something out of nothing, takes time, focus, practice and dedication. Until I saw Chapter 3 of Becoming Supernatural, I was doing these steps without really knowing what the Quantum World was. Sometimes I would create what I wanted, but I knew there was something I was missing. If I was missing something, and I've been studying this for almost 30 years now, I figured I might as well put this on the podcast, as others might also have questions around the creative process.   Sometimes you'll notice you'll be working, following these steps, and nothing happens and you might think “what a ridiculous idea this is” but when you get to this point, I suggest going back to the meditations (whether you pick Dr. Dispenza's or Dr. Siegel's, or someone else's) and go back to STEP 1, practicing dropping into the present moment. When I'm stuck, I know this is the beginning step to return to. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude episode #311 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we covered Chapter 3 of his book, and reviewed 5 IMPORTANT STEPS TO TAKE WHEN ACCESSING THE QUANTUM WORLD. STEP 1: DROP INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: AND OPEN THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD: Remember to keep an open mind here as the strategies we are covering, of Becoming Supernatural, and experiencing exceptional results, are not commonly known. Dr. Dan Siegel connects to the science to this plane of possibility in his book, Aware (2018) and says “physics has demonstrated that we have 2 realms in our physical universe—and this is not commonly known.” STEP 2: SET A CLEAR INTENTION: Know what it is that you want to work on or solve. If you are not sure what this is, go back to PART 1 of our Think and Grow Rich book study where we cover this in depth. STEP 3: CHANGE YOUR ENERGY: ELEVATING YOUR EMOTIONS WITH YOUR CLEAR INTENTION: The key to accessing whatever it is you want to create in this “World of Possibility” is to keep our energy level high throughout. When we can feel love, joy, excitement or awe, we will be keeping our energy levels high. Remember the analogy of riding a bicycle that generates a television with the energy, signifying that in order to create something, we must keep our energy levels high. STEP 4: BE OPEN TO WHAT YOU SEE, LEARN and UNCOVER: What do you see in this Plane of Possibility? Do you need more help getting here? Take your time at this step. This is where you are using your mind to create whatever is that you want. If you need more time spent in daily meditation, take this time. If you need to journal or think about what you are learning here. Take this time. STEP 5: TAKE NOTE OF WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING Once we can get to this place, (that Dan Siegel calls the Plane of Possibility, or Dr. Dispenza calls The Quantum World) from dropping into the present moment, we've mentally rehearsed the future we want to create, (or our intention) we've embraced emotions (like joy, peace, appreciation, awe and love) in our heart, and our heart and brain have now gained coherence, then we WATCH for it. This is where it happens. WHAT you create here is entirely up to you. We can ALL connect to this quantum field, where all possibility exists, where time and space collapses and we can literally BECOME our intention. Over time, and with practice, these steps become easier and easier, and we can work on ourselves to improve our personal lives, our health, our professional lives, and even expand our capacity to do this for others in the world. I don't know about you, but this is mind-boggling learning. I'll close with the quote I opened up our most downloaded episode with, The Silva Method, from Jose Silva who says that “once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method. I'll see you next week!  REFERENCES: [i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 1  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/ [ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 2   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-2-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/ [iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/ [iv] Dr. Dan Siegel Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence August 21, 2018 https://www.amazon.com/Aware-Practice-Presence-Groundbreaking-Meditation/dp/1101993049 [v] https://www.drdansiegel.com/resources/wheel_of_awareness/ [vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel on Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/ [vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #60 on “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice: A Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/ [viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 The Legendary Bob Proctor on “Social and Emotional Learning: Where it All Started” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/ [ix] Think and Grow Rich Book Review: A 6 PART SERIES Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191 PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination”   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194 PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking ALL Parts of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/ [x] The Silva Method Book Review: A 4 PART SERIES Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #264 PART 3 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/ Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #265 PART 4 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/ [xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/ [xii] https://paulmartinelli.net/ [xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #67  on Expanding our Awareness https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/ [xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Daniel Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/ [xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #207 with Greg Link, on Unleashing Gretness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust and the 7 Habits” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/  

“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work. On today's EPISODE #310 on "Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind" and PART 2 of our Review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we will cover:  ✔ 3 Important Concepts in Dr. Joe Dispenza's book,  Becoming Supernatural that have the ability to change YOUR life, when implemented. IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1:  Accessing the Present Moment IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2:  Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Body for a New Future IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3:  Elevated Emotion ✔ What science has to say about these timeless success principles? ✔ Strategies to IMPLEMENT these principles into our daily life for improved results. ✔ How to use our emotions FOR us, rather than AGAINST us. ✔ Why we must continue to learn more about WHO WE ARE for improved results ✔ How METACOGNITION (and our awareness of how we think, act and feel) creates AHA Moments of Learning in our daily life.  Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon. Today as we cover PART 2 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strtegies, that are proven with science.  Becoming Supernatural, is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace. We only cover ideas and concepts on this podcast that have the potential to change our lives, and I'm on a mission to connect the most current brain research to concepts that have been taught successfully to students for centuries, connecting the science to these age-old success principles. This book study has taken me some time to think, and consolidate what I'm learning since we released PART 1 the end of September. I needed this time to put Dr. Dispenza's ideas and meditations into practice, and have spent the past month immersed in his teachings. As mentioned in the first part of this study, this is a shallow dive, and is just the beginning. I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice in our daily life. I'm sure we will return to this episode in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today. Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that's finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren't taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I'm Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.    For those tuning into this episode, and you've not listened to EP 306[i] yet, I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first heard of Dr. Joe Dispenza, and how I was forbidden to cover his work on this podcast, since my neuroscience certification coach, researcher Mark Waldman, would consider his work pseudoscience. We covered how even Dr. Joe Dispenza himself used to worry about what other people in the scientific community thought of him, until he stopped. He said this himself at the start of Becoming Supernatural[ii] reminding me of the importance of always being your true, authentic self, and NEVER worry about those who criticize your work. He said: Until he saw how much of his “vital” energy he was wasting and went on to study with full force, a world that modern science hasn't been able to explain, how regular “common” people, like you and me, are actually doing the “uncommon.” Who is Dr. Dispenza? He's a doctor, a scientist, and a modern-day mystic who draws from diverse fields of rock-solid science, such as epigenetics, molecular biology, neurocardiology, and quantum physics, crossing the traditional boundaries that have separated scientific thinking and human experience in the past. In this process he opens the door to a new paradigm of empowerment—a new way of thinking and living based upon what we sense is possible in our lives, as well as what we accept as scientific fact. In PART 1 of our review of Becoming Supernatural, I shared that I had my own questions about Dr. Dispenza's work, especially after hearing about some of the results people were attaining during and after his seminars. Over the years, I would stop and listen to Joe Dispenza's work, remembering how he measured people's brains BEFORE his events, and then AFTER, and while I would say that to all the questions I had about his work, I knew the answers were a solid “YES” I just wondered what the research said. Can our current, present day thoughts impact our future? Can we impact our own health (and results for that matter) purely by what we think? Can my energy influence another person, and can someone else's energy influence mine? Can someone's energy be felt? Can our energy field be seen? “YES,  was the answer to each question, but how” I always wondered. While researching the tools that Dr. Dispenza used to measure participants' brains at his seminars, I came across one tool he called Gas Discharge Visualization, that I had heard of from someone who works in Singapore, connected to Bruce Lipton Ph.D , who is a cell biologist and leading authority in epigenetics.[iii] We'll cover Bruce Lipton's work at a later date, but it was this GDV tool that led me to the fascinating work of Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, that we covered on EP 307[iv], providing us with some answers to my questions of HOW and WHAT Dr. Dispenza was using to measure people's brains with at his events. As I said in PART 1 of this review of Dr. Dispenza's work, this is a shallow dive, not a deep one, that will just begin to scratch the surface of what it means for us to become Superhuman, and stretch ourselves beyond where our minds may never have travelled to before. Dr. Dispenza has made scientific history[v] with his findings (measuring HRV, or the energy around people's bodies) and his most recent breakthrough in scientific research includes his team's research paper that shows Meditations Impact on Immunity.[vi] I want to focus today on this particular angle with this groundbreaking research because my work with neuroscience began looking at the impact of stress on our brain as it relates to learning. You can go through some of our earlier episodes with Dr. Bruce Perry, or Dr. Lori Desautels, but what I'm most interested in today, that you can see with the direction of our podcast episodes since the Pandemic, is what we can do to mitigate the impact of stress on our health, wellbeing and longevity, in addition to creating the highest performing, 2.0 versions of ourselves. So for today's episode #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we will pick up where we left off with Chapter 2 of Becoming Supernatural and look at how exactly a stressful situation can hurt us (mentally, physically and emotionally) or NOT. Chapter 2: The Present Moment We know that the way a person thinks and feels creates a person's state of well-being. We know this can be scientifically proven by Dr. Korotkov's GDV technology just by measuring the energy field of our finger tips and he can with accuracy, tell us what's going on inside that person's body (emotionally, psychologically) and then determine our relationship with this inner state to the outer world. Or in other words, what we THINK, on the inside, will show up on the outside. Dr. Korotkov explained that even animals respond to our thoughts, and know when we are approachable, or not, the minute we walk in through the front door of our homes. Why Do Our Emotions and Our Thoughts Matter? What exactly is it that our pets are sensing? This is where the iceberg model comes back into play. We could be consciously walking through the doorway, with the 5% of what's going on in our conscious mind radiating out to the world, but the 95% of what's going on under the iceberg, our unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, behaviors, beliefs, perceptions, all functioning automatically, and that's what our pets are picking up. We dove deep into our conscious mind and our five senses on EP 293[vii] (looking the 5% of ourselves that can be seen and felt with our senses, and then what's beyond our five senses on EP #294[viii] looking into the faculties of our mind, and what's beneath the surface of the iceberg, or what's going on beyond our 5 senses. The difficult part, or the part where most of us become stuck, is HOW on the earth do we see what's happening in our subconscious mind, the part of us that's controlling 95% of who we are and what we do, if it's ALL under water, so to speak? LISTEN HERE…THIS IS THE KEY TO THIS WHOLE EPISODE Dr. Dispenza explains how an emotion hits our body (through our life situations-call whatever it may be), and causes some sort of emotional reaction. Maybe something happens to you in your personal life, and you hold negative emotions towards your ex-relationship, or it could be something in your work life, or it something random happens to you that changes your personality (puts you in a mood first, and over time changes your personality).  He says that we must learn to “shorten the refractory period of an emotional reaction” which is really where the work starts. What does this mean? So something happens to us, (and it will, no one is immune from life's situations unless we live and a cave) and we want to complain about it to everyone we know. We were wronged in some way. It feels horrible, trust me, I know! BUT resist doing this. Since we know from Dr. Korotkov's GDV tool, that our thoughts matter, we must be VERY careful about the thoughts we think. I'm not saying that we pretend something doesn't bother us, but listen to what Dr. Dispenza says. We must learn to “shorten the refractory period of our emotional reactions” because otherwise, we will repeat that same story over and over again in our head, and every time we do this, we flood our body with the same chemicals that were flooding our body when this event occurred, and since our body “is the unconscious mind, and doesn't know the difference between the experience that's creating the emotion (from the past) and the emotion you are creating through thought alone (in the present)”[ix] so in order to change our FUTURE results, we must to break this hard-wired programming. This is not easy, but it's the SECRET to changing your results in the future. If we look at the image in the show notes that I hand drew from Chapter 2 of Becoming Supernatural, you will see that if we cannot change, and break our hard-wired programming, we will re-create our past experiences into our future, and prevent us from EVER hitting that unknown event (whatever it might be-a new job, or unexpected experience) or something that could possibly take us to new heights. IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman WHY IS CHANGE SO DIFFICULT? It's because it's uncomfortable and unfamiliar. It's always easy to blame someone else for your results, or a situation, but to take responsibility for it, let it go, and move forward, well that's not as easy. We are working with the 95% of us that's hidden under water here. These patterns and beliefs are hard-wired into our brain, so they are not easy to break. HOW EXACTLY DO WE STOP OUR PATTERNS AND PAST BEHAVIORS? We do this by staying in the present moment (which is the whole idea of Chapter 2) and STOP the thoughts and emotions that went along with whatever it was that happened to us. That emotional event that changed you somehow. This will stop your pattern of thinking. It's here that I bring in a diagram on Metacognition that I created in 2014 adapted from Dr. Newberg and Mark Waldman's “Spectrum of Human Consciousness Model.”  When we become consciously aware of how we think, act and feel, this is Metacognition and where we create AHA Moments of learning in our lives. Start at the bottom of the diagram: Instinctive Learning: Do you know yourself? Are you aware of the thoughts, feelings and actions you are having that might be keeping you stuck somewhere? If you've never explored this area, Hazel Gale's work from EP #308[x] is a good place to begin. Habitual Learning: Can you CHANGE the way you are used to thinking and feeling? Do something differently? Move forward instead of getting stuck? Intentional Learning: Can you set a goal to CHANGE something, and make this change stick? Instead of blaming someone for your results, take responsibility and move forward somehow? Creative Learning: Can you use meditation (which actually means to become familiar with thyself) to find some answers, learn something new, give you a new angle of outlook on your life? AHA Moment: What knowledge about yourself can you glean here? Did you see something NEW? Learn a new idea? Did you write it down and take action on it?  Jack Canfield would call this taking “inspired” action. This is METACOGNITION and is the key to peeling back the onion layers of yourself, and help you to deepen your understanding of who you are.   PUTTING THIS INTO ACTION: Chapter 2 Living in the Present Moment Remember it's not going to be easy. START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNTION DIAGRAM KNOW THYSELF: What happened to you? So something happened to us in our life (some sort of event) that caused an emotional reaction within us. This can be ANYTHING. If I think back to past guests, I know that my colleague Grace Reynolds[xi] experienced significant trauma in her life as a child (an event) that changed her life, until she did the hard work to heal herself from her traumatic life experiences.  This is now her life's work. I also can never forget Hans Appel[xii], a school counselor whose book, Award Winning Culture took off in schools across the country.  I remember while reading Hans' book, it was in the first few pages that he mentioned how he had a difficult childhood, and he talked about how the sound of his back door opening after school would make his skin crawl as he remembered the trauma that would occur for him in his life after school, urging him to spend more and more time at school, away from home. This is also now Hans' life's work to help others through traumatic events. These are two extreme cases an event that caused trauma, but an event could be anything that takes you from a positive, creative state of being (where our immune system functions well) to a stressful state of being, that we know scientifically down regulates certain genes and creates disease in our body. PRACTICE STAYING IN THE PRESENT MOMENT This will prevent us from unconsciously slipping back into our OLD self. Dr. Dispenza does have meditations[xiii] that can assist with staying present, and with time, helping us to automatically live in the present moment, and shortening that “refractive period” of the emotional experiences that happen to us. BEFORE I sent ANY of you to Dr. Dispenza's website, I have to say that I first found out about his meditations by chance. After our episode of HRV[xiv], someone (a male) wrote to me on social media that he had raised his HRV significantly with Dr. Dispenza's “Courageous Heart Meditation.” We will talk about the benefits of this meditation a bit later, but I have to tell you here that I looked up this meditation, and listened to it, and thought “there is NO way I could ever listen to that!” It was so far away from what I was used to with Vishen Lakiani's calm and quiet voice, or Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness. This meditation opens up like a lion roaring, with this voice, (Joe Dispenza) yelling at me to “sit down, and open my heart.” The first time I listened to it, I turned it off after probably 30 seconds. This would not relax me, but stress me out. It wasn't until I understood the purpose of the meditation and what it was actually designed for (to help men to open their hearts that I was finally open enough to begin listening to this meditation, and some others, every day, to finally see their benefits that has to do with developing a coherent heart and brain. Go to Joe Dispenza's website and check out his mediations for yourself. https://drjoedispenza.com/ Over time, and some introspection, I promise you will begin to see yourself in a whole new light which is the meaning behind the word “meditation” which means to “know thyself.” This brings us to the next concept I think is important to note with Becoming Supernatural. Chapter 2:  Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Body for a New Future So what happens to the health of our body if we have an “event” in our life that causes us to have some sort of negative, emotional charge? Dr. Dispenza explains the need of “staying in the present moment” and recognizing when something could possibly impact our future (health or results) with his interview with Tom Bilyeu[xv]. If our thinking creates our environment (Bob Proctor would say “our thoughts, feelings and actions would determine our results or our conditions, circumstances and environments.”) then in order to change something we don't like, we have to either change our thinking, or change our environment, to get new results. Wayne Dyer would say “if you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.” MENTAL REHEARSAL: There are many examples in Dr. Dispenza's book of people who changed their health, purely by changing their thoughts. I've heard of many people over the years who have used “mental rehearsal” to heal their bodies and keep them strong in the future. My Mom shared with me that she did this when she was diagnosed with Uterine Cancer, we talked about this in our Review of The Silva Method, and I heard woman's story[xvi] that I'll link in the show notes that's by far the most compelling story I've ever heard. She healed her body from watching Dr. Dispenza on Tom Bilyeu's interview we mentioned above. IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman PUTTING THIS INTO PRACTICE: I asked Dr. Korotkov at the end of EP 307 what he thinks we should all be doing, every day, to raise our own vibration/consciousness as well as the collective consciousness of those around the world, and I'll never forget his answer. He said that we should find a way to balance our chakras, and said there are many meditations out there (Joe Dispenza, or search on the internet).  This is the very first step towards balancing our mind, body and spirit and move towards to the many known benefits that daily meditation provides. START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNTION DIAGRAM Do you know yourself? When you are meditating are you learning something about yourself? Do you notice anything happening? Can you notice ANY benefits from your practice? This was the reason why I decided to cover The Silva Method[xvii] on our podcast, because I wanted to take my meditation practice to new heights. Then learn from the work that Dr. Dispenza has done over the years. He reminds us: Protect yourself from the harmful effects of stress on your body. Imagine your energy field shrinking when you are living in survival mode, and find a way to the other side. Meditation alone can be the answer to helping you back towards health. Since Dr. Dispenza has measured so many participants with the effects of his meditations, I would have to say that I highly recommend them, especially after noticing what they have done to help me personally while listening to them. All Chapters: Elevated Emotion This last concept I noticed the most after listening to Dr. Dispenza's meditations for some time. He says that “they recorded amazing changes in HRV (heart rate variability) which is what that person told me on social media. Dispenza says “this is when we know a student is opening their heart and maintaining elevated emotions like gratitude, inspiration, joy, kindness, appreciation and compassion, which cause the heart to beat in a coherent fashion—that is with rhythm, order and balance.”  This is the important part. I think we can all say it's important to be happy, and joyful (rather than dwelling on the negative parts of our day) but it also “takes a clear intention, (a coherent brain) AND an elevated emotion (a coherent heart) to begin to change a person's biology from living in the past to living in the future.” There is clear evidence that we are “bound by an invisible field of light” (Dispenza) and have tremendous power that can influence ourselves and others. Dr. Dispenza was measuring the internal changes with his tools and this “feedback” was letting that person know they were on the right track and should keep doing what they were doing.  We learned all about neurofeedback on our last episode with Dianne Kosto. When you create heart coherence, your heart (he says) “creates a magnetic field that projects beyond your body.” What you DO with this energy is important. You can use it for yourself (whatever it is you are working on) or you can project it out in the world to help others. PUTTING THIS INTO PRACTICE: I wouldn't go anywhere other than the Courageous Heart Meditation[xviii] to elevate your emotions. You can find this meditation on YouTube, but if you find the ads distracting, just buy it for $25 from Dr. Dispenza's website. You'll access 37 minutes of pure bliss every day, that will help you to tune into love, joy, kindness and compassion. You'll change your world, as well as add to the collective consciousness of the rest of the world. START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNTION DIAGRAM Do you know yourself? As you begin to find ways to open your heart, just be open. I didn't think it would be possible to open my heart up more but I was open to what I would notice, and I know since listening to this meditation my heart has now open up to a whole new level.  Once we can get to this place, where we are in the present moment, we've mentally rehearsed the future we want to create, we've embraced emotions (like joy, peace, appreciation, and love) in our heart, our heart and brain now gain coherence, and this is where it happens, we can connect to the quantum field (where all possibility exists), where time and space collapses and you can literally BECOME your dream. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: To review and conclude episode #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we covered 3 topics and used the METACOGNITION diagram as a guide to deepen our understanding of who we are in this process. IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1: Was About Accessing the Present Moment I said that this was the most important part of this episode. We learned how an emotion hits our body (through our life situations-call it whatever it may be), and this causes some sort of emotional reaction. Maybe something happens to you in your personal life, and you hold negative emotions towards your ex-relationship, or it could be something in your work life, or something random happens to you that changes your personality (puts you in a mood first, and over time changes your personality).  We learned of the importance of shortening “the refractory period of an emotional reaction” which is really where the work starts. If we don't do this, holding in this negative emotion can impact our physical and mental health, and we know this to be scientifically true, with Dr. Korotkov's GDV technology. We learned how to protect ourselves from the harmful effects of stress on our body and imagining our energy field shrinking when we are living in survival mode. Meditation alone can be the answer to helping you back towards health and even Dr. Andrew Huberman[xix] talks about this important strategy from a purely scientific angle. We can go back to our early episode with Dr. Daniel Siegel[xx] where he talks about the healing benefits of his Wheel of Awareness Meditation that we also covered in depth on a later EP 60[xxi], The Science and Benefits Behind Dr. Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation.  Just a reminder of some of the health benefits Dr. Siegel mentioned, they are RIGHT on track with Dr. Dispenza's findings. There's an integration of structure and function of the brain (integration means well-being). There's a reduction of the stress hormone cortisol. There's an enhancement of immune function. Improvement in cardiovascular risk factors. Reduction in inflammation via epigenetic changes. An optimization of telomerase—which is fascinating as it repairs and maintains the ends of chromosomes and slows aging. I'll leave it up to you with WHAT meditation tool you use, but I do highly encourage trying Dr. Dispenza's meditations, in additions to the ones I talk about often on this podcast.   IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2:  Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Body for a New Future We learned how to protect ourselves from the harmful effects of stress on our body with the importance of being able to use mental rehearsals by imagining our energy field shrinking when we are living in survival mode, and finding a way to the other side, creating a NEW future in our mind first. We reviewed how meditation alone could be the answer to helping us back towards health, and creating a new future. We don't need to look far for the research behind this concept as it's been used for decades in the sports industry. Dr. Andrew Huberman covered it on an episode called Science-Based Mental Training and Visualization for Improved Learning[xxii] as well as his episode on How to Learn Skills Faster[xxiii] that we have covered in the past. IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3:  Elevated Emotion We learned from Dr. Dispenza, who is by far the leading expert on this concept, that a student who is opening their heart and maintaining elevated emotions like gratitude, inspiration, joy, kindness, appreciation and compassion, which causes the heart to beat in a coherent fashion creating order and balance” can take themselves to the quantum field, where ALL possibilities exist. Remember that diagram with the unforeseen event that happens in the future, it's not happening by chance or luck. I know we all know on some level that it's important to be happy, and joyful (rather than dwelling on the negative parts of our day) but it also “takes a clear intention, (a coherent brain-or the idea that if our brain is working right, then we will work right) AND an elevated emotion (a coherent heart) to begin to change a person from living in the past to living in that place where ALL possibilities exist. This is the way to create a beautiful future, and we can ALL do this, when we can learn to live these 3 important concepts on a daily basis. This last one, the only way I know how to do this, or explain this with the highest level of confidence, is through Dr. Dispenza's Courageous Heart Meditation. He explains How to Feel Elevated Emotions You've Never Felt Before[xxiv] by learning to set a clear intention (of what you want) with a heart centered emotion (gratitude, love, or joy) and know that you can CAUSE an effect in the FUTURE with the power of your intention, connected to the positive emotion you have created.  I can say that nothing I have ever experienced is like the minute I turned on the Courageous Heart Meditation. I mentioned it wasn't the first time I listened to it. It took me some time from reading Becoming Supernatural to trust that Dr. Dispenza has created something that I've never seen or felt before, and was open to trying it out.  Learning what it feels like to have a coherent heart and brain. To feel his music pulsating through me as he reminds me to “sit down” and open my heart. The love I feel while listening to this meditation is beautiful as I learn to feel with an open heart, and trust/balance my heart and brain. Only now, that I've truly started on the pathway to implementing these 3 important concepts in my daily life, am I confident that the future I envision on the screen of my mind is not only possible, but it's probable, as I watch events occur daily that most people would say are impossible, or that they are happening by chance or luck. We know this is not the case. It starts with living in the present moment (not the past) or worrying about the future but just living, mentally rehearsing the future, with elevated emotion… And then watch the magic happen.  With 100% certainty I can tell you if you can master these 3 principles on a daily basis, it will change your life, literally!  I'll close with the quote I opened up our most downloaded episode with, The Silva Method, from Jose Silva that “once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method. RESOURCES: Being in the Present Moment Tools from Dr. Andrew Huberman https://dexa.ai/huberman?q=Present+Moment&type=example Dr. Joe Dispenza's Meditations https://drjoedispenza.com/meditations REFERENCES: [i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/ [ii] Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon by Dr. Joe Dispenza published March 5, 2019 https://www.google.com/search?gs_ssp=eJzj4tVP1zc0TKnILrcoq8owYPSSSkpNzs_NzEtXKC4tSC3KSywpLUrMUUjKz88GAEIPD3c&q=becoming+supernatural+book&oq=becooming+supernatueral+&aqs=chrome.1.69i57j46i13i433i512j0i13i512l7.7875j0j15&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8 [iii] Bruce Lipton https://www.brucelipton.com/ [iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 “Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientfic Method”  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/ [v] Becoming Supernatural Dr. Joe Dispenza https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y5ICgkDPTns [vi] Dr. Dispenza's Research Meditations Impact on Immunity Published August 2023 https://drjoedispenza.com/scientific-research [vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #293  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-our-conscious-mind-and-the-five-senses/ [viii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #294   https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/ [ix] How to Brainwash Yourself for Success and Destroy Negative Thoughts with Dr. Joe Dispenza (Tom Bilyeu Interview) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=La9oLLoI5Rc&t=6s [x] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-story-of-elite-fighter-hazel-gale-from-confident-champion-to-burnout-are-you-ready-to-rebuild-yourself-from-the-inside-out/ [xi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #298 with Grace Reynolds  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/grace-reynolds-on-mindfulness-neurocoaching-the-quickest-and-easiest-path-to-post-traumatic-growth/ [xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EP #63 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-hans-appel-on-building-award-winning-culture-in-your-school-or-organization/ [xiii] Dr. Joe Dispenza Present Moment Meditation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0-fXn1ot51s [xiv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast on Heart Rate Variability The Most Important Biomarker for Tracking Health and Recovery  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-review-of-heart-rate-variability-the-most-important-biomarker-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience/ [xv] How to Brainwash Yourself for Success and Destroy Negative Thoughts with Dr. Joe Dispenza (Tom Bilyeu Interview) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=La9oLLoI5Rc&t=6s [xvi] Case Study of Becoming Supernatural https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K7wBJ7JIQKI [xvii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast on The Silva Mind Control Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/ [xviii] The Courageous Heart Meditation https://drjoedispenza.com/product-details/The%20Courageous%20Heart [xix] How to be in the moment with mindful meditation Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrT17yQKhb4 [xx]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast with Dr. Daniel J Siegel  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/ [xxi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Review of Dr. Dan Siegel's Wheel of Awareness Meditation  https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/ [xxii]Science-Based Mental Training and Visualization for Improved Learning by Dr. Andrew Huberman  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0RYyQRQFgFk [xxiii] How to Learn Skills Faster by Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xJ0IBzCjEPk [xxiv]How to Feel Elevated Emotions You've Never Felt Before https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0kxmd7d6GPE  

You are magic. You have always had it. You were born with it. You will have it when you leave this temporary residence we call Earth. We don't learn it in school; we don't hear it taught at the university level; we don't hear it in houses of worship. It is only hinted at. So it behooves you to remind yourself constantly that you have an invisible means of support, that you are a unique human and loved by the Creator. With such daily reminders, you remember that you are the best and that you deserve the best; that divine money-making ideas come to you for the right brain asking, ideas that place you on the leading edge of life; that you trust in the infinite wisdom of the Creator with which nothing is impossible. Say this with me Every time I close my eyes and take three deep breaths as I have just done, I go to a deeper level of relaxation faster. I get ideas. I solve problems. Higher intelligence assists my intelligence with answers and solutions. And this is so. This is another powerful chapter from Robert B Stone from his book life without limits Please visit www.robertbstone.com for a FREE PDF COPY of the Richness Of Mind Below are the books available in paperback and e-book editions. Several are available as audiobooks and you can hear excerpts of many on YouTube. For more information and a complete list of books by Robert B. Stone, please visit www.robertbstone.com 1. The Magic of Psychotronic Power https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0722FNLZ92. The Power of Miracle Metaphysics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08HQ7KYD63. The Silva Mind Control Method for Getting Help from the Other Sidehttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B08JH4LMJ64. How to Gain Strength from Nature Sitting in Your Living Roomhttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C7U3QS85. Hypno-Cybernetics https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08R3ZP2296. Life Without Limits https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08J4274P57. The Complete Book of Life-Changing Affirmationshttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B01C6W6MEC8. The Silva Mind Control Method for Business Managershttps://www.amazon.com/dp/B08JH1BPPG9. Celestial 911 https://www.amazon.com/dp/B08HQJ6LQ Dr. Stone was an internationally known lecturer on the human potential. He taught for many years at the University of Hawaii on activating the powers of the mind. A MENSA member and graduate of MIT, Dr. Stone was elected to the New York Academy of Science. A Silva Method lecturer for 20 years and Ambassador-at-Large, he introduced the Silva Method to five nations and was honored with many Silva awards. 

Today on The Mindvalley Show, we are joined by The Olympic legend and unwavering LGBTQ advocate, Greg Louganis! His journey is nothing short of extraordinary. With an incredible tally of four Olympic gold medals and one silver, Greg is not just a diving sensation but a symbol of resilience, authenticity, and courage. His life story is a rollercoaster of triumph over adversity, including overcoming discrimination, abuse, and the life-altering challenge of an HIV diagnosis. His inspirational journey will leave you in awe. Discover how forgiveness was pivotal in his path to inner peace and personal growth. Greg's insights into overcoming unimaginable hardships and navigating his HIV diagnosis are invaluable. Delve deep into the techniques and mindset that catapulted him to diving stardom. You'll gain priceless wisdom on the power of visualization in achieving your goals and how meditation can fuel your personal growth. Greg reminds us that kindness is the key to leaving an indelible mark on the world. If you're ready to embark on a journey of inspiration, empowerment, and transformation, this episode is your ticket. Listen now and let Greg Louganis' incredible story ignite your path to greatness.  Key takeaways: [3:23] A fresh perspective on forgiveness and empathy [9:50] Forgiving his birth mother and family background [16:55] Experience as a high chief in Hawaii [18:31] Education and understanding about transgender issues [24:19] Living with HIV and advancements in treatment [25:00] Meditation and visualization [29:56] Visualization for forgiveness and healing [32:19] Hope for the world: kindness as a legacy [34:05] The power of a smile  Where to find our guest: GregLouganis.com Instagram Memorable Quotes: "It was a violent act. It was scary. But I survived. I'm here. So it was an event that taught me a lot about myself, about people that I could forgive him." [3:22] -Greg Louganis "My mother, Frances Louganis, who raised me, she always told me to make everywhere you go better because you were there. And you can do that in so many ways, picking up a piece of trash, smiling at somebody at the grocery store." [34:05] -Greg Louganis Resources mentioned: Mindvalley Financial Freedom Summit 2023 To stay connected and to learn more about Vishen and Mindvalley, click on the links below:  Website: Mindvalley.com YouTube: @vishenlakhiani Instagram: @mindvalley Instagram: @vishen Facebook: @mindvalley   Subscribe to 'Mindvalley Membership' to discover 65+ transformational Mindvalley programs – at a surprisingly low annual fee here

Do you know your higher self is constantly sending you messages? In today's episode, I'm joined by the incredible Tracy Jay. Tracy is a Hypnotherapist and has been schooled in Reflexology, Therapeutic Touch, Reiki, Herbology, Homeopathy, The Silva Method, EFT, Faster EFT, and meditation. She uses hypnosis to help people regress to their past and future lives and create a meaningful connection with their higher selves, angels, and guides. When she was only 13, books about past lives, hypnosis, and regression fell into Tracy's hands and changed her life. After learning to hypnotize, it became the only thing she wanted to do. In this episode, Tracy and I discuss self-love, past life regression, future life progression, our other selves, our higher self, karma, and oversoul. Tracy talks about how she got into hypnosis and became a Hypnotherapist, the first time she turned a regression session into a healing session, and what she believes happens when we die. Additionally, she shared her thoughts on what karma really means, how to decipher the messages from our higher self, how to use regression to open channeling abilities, and so much more. Tune in to Episode 167 of Uncover Your Magic and learn how past life regression and future life progression can help you interpret the now differently. In This Episode, You Will Learn:The "cancelation" of Tracy's mother and how that changed her life (11:40)Tracy performs her first past life regression (13:10)How does a future life progression work (15:30)Souls decide to come into our bodies (19:00)As a society, we are taught to rely only on the creative part of our brains (25:20)Why near-death experiences are so interesting (37:00)Love is allowing all things unconditionally (41:10)Connect with Tracy:WebsiteTwitterYouTubeLet's Connect!WebsiteFacebookInstagram Hosted on Acast. See acast.com/privacy for more information.